Bulletin 800T/800H... Page 10-2

Transcription

1 Push Buttons Table of Contents. mm Push Buttons Bulletin T/H... Page -. mm Push Buttons Bulletin F... Page - Bulletin FC Configured Pendant Stations... Page - Bulletin FD Monolithic... Page - Bulletin M... Web mm Push Buttons Bulletin B... Page - Specialty Push Buttons Hazardous Location Push Buttons Bulletin H Type &... Page - Bulletin R... Page - Bulletin G... Page - Touch/Palm Push Buttons Bulletin P Palm perated... Page - Bulletin Z Zero-Force... Page - Miscellaneous Push Buttons Bulletin L Indicators... Page - Bulletin H Security Stations... Web Bulletin S Stations... Page - Information for this product line is available on the Industrial Controls Catalog website:. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

2 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Product verview TABLE F CNTENTS Page Specifications... - Assembled Stations... - DeviceNet Stations... - Trigger Action E-Stops... - Push Buttons, Momentary Non-Illuminated... - Illuminated... - Non-Illuminated with Two-Color Molded Legend Cap... - Selector Switches, Non-Illuminated -Position Position Position... - Selector Switches, Illuminated -Position Position... - Pilot Light Devices... - Emergency Stop perators Push-Pull, Non-Illuminated -Position Position... - Push-Pull, Illuminated -Position Position... - Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons. mm mounting hole Type / watertight/oiltight (Bul. T) Type // corrosion-resistant/watertight/oiltight (Bul. H) Heavy industrial stations and operators The Allen-Bradley Bulletin T and H. mm push button product lines are in a class by themselves. They are designed and constructed to perform in the most demanding industrial environments. In terms of sealing and switching performance, you will not find a more dependable push button offering. Allen-Bradley delivers more styles and options of operator types and contact blocks, offering flexibility to meet the most demanding specifications in the world s toughest industrial environments. Design innovation is key to the performance advantage provided in the Bulletin T and H offerings. New in this catalog are the Trigger Action E-Stop operators, the new standard bearer in a tamperresistant design. Also new is the Universal LED Illumination option that accepts a wide V AC/DC voltage input. This is compatible with all illuminated operator types, allows retrofitting in existing installations, and incorporates super bright LED technology. Table of Contents See below. Standards Compliance UL CCC Certifications UL Listed (File No. E, E Guide No. NKCR, NIV) CSA Certified (File No. LR, LR) CSA C., No. EN/IEC: -- Page Specialty perators Potentiometer... - Mechanically Interlocked Push Button... - Cluster Pilot Light... - mm Small Pilot Light , -, -, -Way Toggle Switch... - Selector Push Button... - Cylinder Lock Push Button... - Padlocking Mushroom Head... - Wobble Stick... - Flip Lever perator... - Break-Glass Push Button Station... - Custom-Built Stations... - Enclosures... - Accessories Contact Blocks... - Power Modules and Universal LED Module... - Replacement Color Caps... - Selector Switch Knobs... - Protective Boots... - Push Buttons & Miscellaneous... - Locking Attachments... - Guards... - Replacement Lamps... - Replacement Keys... - Legend Plates... - Approximate Dimensions & Shipping Weights... - Typical Pilot Light Wiring Diagram Publication A-CAA-EN-P

3 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Specifications Specifications Electrical Ratings Contact ratings Refer to the contact ratings tables on page -. Dielectric strength V for one minute, V for one minute (Logic Reed) Electrical design life cycles at max. rated load, at max. rated load (Logic Reed) Mechanical Ratings Vibration Hz,. mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./ G max. (except Logic Reed) Shock / cycle sine wave for ms G (contact fragility) and no damage at G Degree of protection Type /// (T); Type //// (H); EN/IEC IP/ Mechanical design life cycles (Momentary, non-illuminated) min. Push buttons (Momentary, illuminated) min. (Push-pull/twist-to-release) min. Selector switches (Non-illuminated) min. (Illuminated, key-operated) min. Potentiometers min. All other devices min. Contact operation Shallow, mini, and low-voltage contact blocks: Slow, double make and break Logic Reed and sealed switch contact blocks: Single break magnetic Wire gauge/terminal screw torque # AWG (# Max Duty) / lb in Typical operating forces Flush, extended button, standard mushroom, jumbo plastic mushroom: lbs max. perators without contact blocks Jumbo and extended aluminum mushroom head:. lbs max. Maintained selector switch:. in lb max. Spring return selector switches. in lb to stop,. in lb to return Illuminated push buttons and push-to-test pilot lights lb max. -position push-pull. lb max. push or pull -position push-pull lb max. push to in position or pull to center position ( lb max. pull to out position) Twist-to-release or push-pull lbs max. push or pull in oz max. twist, in oz minimum return Potentiometer Rotational torque in oz; stopping torque in lb (minimum) Standard lb Logic Reed lb max. Sealed switch lb max. at. in. plunger travel Contact blocks Stackable sealed switch lb max. MaxDuty. lb max. PenTUFF. lb max. Self Monitoring. lb Environment Temperature range perating - + F (- + C) Storage - + F (- + C) Note: perating temperatures below freezing are based on the absence of moisture and liquids. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for use in lower temperature applications. Humidity % RH from F ( C) per Procedure IV of MIL-STD-C, Method. cycling test Performance Data See Important-. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

4 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Specifications Standard Contact Ratings Minimum: V, ma Maximum thermal continuous current I th A AC/. A DC. Bulletin T units with T-A contacts have ratings as follows: Max. pertnl. Utilization Category Rated perational Currents Volts U e IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break AC AC- A DC DC- Q VA A A VA. A VA VA A For applications below V/ ma, PenTUFF or Logic Reed contacts are recommended. Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Minimum: V, ma Maximum continuous current I th A. Bulletin T units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: Max. pertnl. Utilization Category Rated perational Currents Volts U e IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break AC AC- B DC DC- P VA A VA. A VA A Stackable Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Minimum: V, ma (digital); V, ma (analog) Maximum continuous current I th. A. Bulletin T units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: Max. pertnl. Utilization Category Rated perational Currents Volts U e IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break AC AC- C DC DC- Q Logic Reed Contact Ratings Minimum DC: V, ma Maximum DC: V,. A, AC: V,. A Should only be used with resistive loads. VA A Materials Used in H Type perators Thermoplastic Polyester (Fiberglass Reinforced) Bushings Mounting Rings Sockets Thermoplastic Polyester Non-illuminated button caps Transparent Amorphous Nylon Pilot light lens cap Illuminated button caps Glass Filled Crystalline Nylon Thrust washer Mineral Filled Nylon Trim washer Nitrile (Synthetic Rubber) Gaskets and internal seals VA. A VA. A PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Contact Ratings Minimum DC: V, ma Maximum thermal continuous current I th. A AC/. A DC. Bulletin T units with T-AV contacts have ratings as follows: Max. pertnl. Utilization Category Rated perational Currents Volts U e IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break AC AC- C DC DC- R Snap Action Contact Ratings Max. pertnl. Volts U e AC Contact Rating Designation A DC VA A VA. A VA. A Rated perational Currents Volts U e Make Break VA A. A. A MaxDuty Contact Rating Maximum thermal continuous current I th A. Pilot Duty V AC, A; V DC, A Motor Ratings V AC,. Hp; V AC, Hp; V DC, A FLA/ A LRA Time Delay Contacts VA A Max. pertnl. Contact Rating Rated perational Currents Volts U e Designation Volts U e Make Break AC B VA VA Note: This device is not rated for DC applications. Adjustment range:. s ± % I th = A - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

5 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Assembled Stations Product Selection Assembled Stations Die Cast Aluminum T-TAR Booted perator Stainless Steel H-HAT Booted perator Glass Polyester H-HAR Type / Die Cast Aluminum Booted perator Stainless Steel Type // Booted perator Glass Polyester perator Contact Symbol Contact Action Button Type Button Color Legend Marking Momentary Extended Red STP T-TA H-HAT H-HAR ne Push N.. - Button N.C. Momentary Flush Green START T-TB H-HBT H-HBR Momentary Flush Black No Legend T-T H-HT H-HR Two Push Buttons ne Pilot Light, Two Push Buttons -Position Selector Switch ne Push Button Two Push Buttons N.. - N.C. Each Button N.. - N.C. Each Button N.. - N.C. N.C.L.B. N.. - N.C. Momentary Momentary Momentary Momentary Maintained Maintained Flush Extended Flush Flush V AC Flush Extended V AC Flush Flush Knob Lever Knob Lever Green Red Black Black Red Green Red Red Black Black Black with white insert Black with white insert START STP T-TA H-HAT H-HAR No Legend T-T H-HT H-HR No Legend START STP T-TAR H-HART H-HARR No Legend T-TR H-HRT H-HRR HAND-FF- AUT T-RTA No Legend T-RT Maintained Push-Pull/Twist Red EMERG STP T-TYM Maintained Maintained Flush Extended Flush Flush Green Red Black Black START STP T-TAM H-HAMT H-HAMR No Legend T-TM H-HMT H-HMR Boot material is chlorosulfonated polyethylene. Add suffix L to the cat. no. for station with bootless operators. Example: H-HBT becomes H-HBTL. Supplied with yellow legend plate to comply with IEC -- and NFPA E-Stop standards that require yellow background. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

6 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons DeviceNet Stations DeviceNet Stations Two- Unit T Three- Unit T Four- Unit T V H a rientation Vertical Horizontal b Enclosure Style Grey Yellow A -hole K B -hole L C -hole M G E-stop only N c perator Types A Non-illuminated flush (T-A*) B Non-illuminated extended (T-B*) C Non-illuminated mushroom (T-D*) D Illuminated mushroom (T-QM*) E Illuminated extended (T-QB*) F Illuminated guarded (T-QA*) G -position SS maintained (T-H*) H -position SS maintained (T-J*) J Enhanced pilot light (T-QH*) Non-illuminated -position push/pull K (T-F*) Non-illuminated push/pull twist-to-release L (T-FT*) Illuminated -position push/pull M (T-FQH*) N -position key SS (T-H*) P -position key SS (T-J*) -position SS spring return from right Q (T-H*) -position SS spring return from all R (T-J*) Illuminated -position SS maintained T (T-H*H*) Illuminated -position SS maintained U (T-J*H*) Non-illuminated -position push/pull V (T-FM*) W Potentiometer a b c d c d e (Hole ne c+d) (Hole Two c+d) a b c d c d c d e (Hole ne c+d) (Hole Two c+d) (Hole Three c+d) a b c d c d c d c d e (Hole ne c+d) (Hole Two c+d) (Hole Three c+d) (Hole Four c+d) Color/Text Green Black (non-illuminated only) range (non-illuminated only) Grey (non-illuminated only) White Red Blue Clear (illuminated only) Yellow (non-illuminated)/ amber (illuminated) A Green with Start legend B Red with Stop legend C Red with E-Stop legend D Black with ff/n legend E Black with Hand/ff/Auto legend Red with Push to Stop/Pull to F Start legend G Blue with Reset legend H Red with Power n legend N/A (i.e. key ss) d Blank A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R T U V W Y Hole Hole Hole Hole e Hole Hole External I/ Version No external I/ input/ output (sinking) input/ output (sourcing) input output (sinking) output (sourcing) E-stop block E-stop blocks input + input input + output (sinking) input + output (sourcing) input/ output (sinking) + E-stop block input/ output (sourcing) + E-stop block input/ output (sinking) + E-stop blocks input/ output (sourcing) + E-stop blocks input + E-stop block input + E-stop blocks output (sinking) + E-stop block output (sourcing) + E-stop block output (sinking) + E-stop blocks output (sourcing) + E-stop blocks input + input/ output (sinking) input + input/ output (sourcing) perator Types N and P from Table c must choose Color/Text option from Table d. perator Types K and L from Table c may be used as Emergency Stops. To be valid as an E-Stop, the operators must use Color/Text option C from Table d and it must be placed in the last hole position in the enclosure. An E-Stop connector also must be chosen from Table e. Enclosure Style option G from Table b can only select one operator from Table c. Valid options are K and L with E-Stop. External I/ Versions F, L, M, Q, T and U receive only one contact block for the external E-Stop string. These connectors are rated to A. If more than A of current is needed or if there are two E-Stop strings, use External I/ Versions G, N, P, R, V, and W. These versions receive two contact blocks. This allows for A of switching or for two E-Stop strings. This is an -in/-out device. -in/-out is assigned to each hole position in the enclosure. If a -hole enclosure is selected, -in and -out are assigned internally and up to unassigned I/ points can be assigned to external connectors. This device contains up to two physical external I/ connectors. The + symbol in the field of Table e indicates that two external connectors exist. If an E-Stop connector is used, unassigned I/ points can be assigned to the other connector. Available for certain applications, please contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

7 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Emergency Stop perators -Position Red Trigger Action Twist-to-Release, Non-Illuminated Tamper resistant front-of-panel mounting and non-removable operator head Compliant with global E-stop standards, including EN IS and EN -- T-TFJET T-TFLET T-TFK H-TFRT Contact Type perator Position Type / Type // mm Plastic mm Metal Key Release mm Plastic ut In No contacts T-TFT T-TFLT T-TFK H-TFRT N.C. T-TFTD T-TFLTD T-TFKD H-TFRTD N.. - N.C. T-TFTA T-TFLTA T-TFKA H-TFRTA S.M.C.B. TC-TFTDS TC-TFLTDS TC-TFKDS HC-TFRTDS For finger-safe contact block terminals, add a C to the cat. no. Example: TC-TFT or HC-TFRT. To order a device with a jumbo ( mm) plastic head add the letter J after. Example: T-TFJTA or H-TFRJTA. To order a jumbo head device with "E-STP" printed on the cap add the letters JE after. Example: T-TFJET or H-TFRJET. To order a device with "E-STP" engraved on the cap add the letter E after L. Example: TC-TFLETDS. Provided with two D keys. Self-monitoring contact block. Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // Blank C T Type / T T F T D a b Finger-Safe Guards No guards Guards on terminals c Head Type a b c d e H Type // F Standard ( mm) mushroom head FR FJ Jumbo ( mm) mushroom head FRJ FJE Jumbo ( mm) mushroom head with "E-STP" FRJE FK mm mushroom head key release FL mm anodized aluminum head FLE mm anodized aluminum head with "E-STP" Blank T d Release Function Color Key release Twise release Note: = Closed/ = pen Configurable only with FK head type. Publication A-CAA-EN-P perator Position e Contact Block(s) ut In Blank No contacts on operator Standard D N.. D N.C. D N.C.L.B. A N.. - N.C. A N.. - N.C.L.B. A N.C.L.B. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) DV N.. DV N.C. DV N.C.L.B. AV N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed DR N.. DR N.C. AR N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch DP N.. DP N.C. AP N.. N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch DY N.. DY N.C. AY N.. - N.C. -

8 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Emergency Stop perators -Position Red Trigger Action Twist-to-Release, Illuminated Tamper resistant front-of-panel mounting and non-removable operator head Compliant with global E-stop standards, including EN IS and EN -- LED illumination provided as standard Type Volts Contacts perator Position Type / Type // mm mm mm mm ut In perator only No contacts T-TFTSR T-TFJTSR H-TFRTSR H-TFRJTSR Universal Transformer V AC/DC V AC / Hz N.. - N.C. T-TFTQHRA T-TFJTQHRA H-TFRTQHRA H-TFRJTQHRA T-TFTPHRA T-TFJTPHRA H-TFRTPHRA H-TFRJTPHRA Note: = Closed/ = pen For finger-safe contact block terminals, add a C to the cat. no. Example: TC-TFTSR or HC-TFRTSR. To order a device with "E-STP" printed on the cap add the letter E after J. Example: T-TFJETQHRA or H-TFRJETQHRA. perator-only supplied without power module, lamp, or contact blocks. Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // Blank C T Type / T T FT QH R A a b Finger-Safe Guards No guards Guards on terminals c Head Type a b c d e f H Type // FT Standard ( mm) mushroom head FRT FJT Jumbo ( mm) mushroom head FRJT FJET Jumbo ( mm) mushroom head with "E-STP" FRJET PH QH d Illumination ption Transformer with LED lamp Universal with LED lamp e Voltage Transformer V AC / Hz V AC / Hz V AC / Hz V AC / Hz Universal V AC/DC f Target Contact N.. N.C./ N.C.L.B. Contact Blocks Blank No contacts Standard D N.. D N.C. D N.C.L.B. A N.. - N.C. A N.. - N.C.L.B. A N.C.L.B. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) DV N.. DV N.C. DV N.C.L.B. AV N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed DR N.. DR N.C. AR N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch DP N.. DP N.C. AP N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch DY N.. DY N.C. AY N.. - N.C. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

9 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Push Button perators Momentary Contact Push Button Devices, Non-Illuminated Flush Head Unit T-AA a Contact Type No Contact N.. N.C. N.. - N.C. Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // b Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals T Type / c perator Type H Type // A Flush head AR B Extended head BR D Mushroom head DR D Mushroom head less color cap DR Bootless guarded head GR Booted head R d Color Cap Used only when ordering Blank perator Type D/DR Green Black range Extended Head Unit T-BA Button Color Booted Unit H-RA Type / Flush Head Extended Head Booted Bootless Flush Head Unit H-ARA Type // Bootless Flush Head Green T-A T-B H-R H-AR Black T-A T-B H-R H-AR Red T-A T-B H-R H-AR Green T-AD T-BD H-RD H-ARD Black T-AD T-BD H-RD H-ARD Red T-AD T-BD H-RD H-ARD Green T-AD T-BD H-RD H-ARD Black T-AD T-BD H-RD H-ARD Red T-AD T-BD H-RD H-ARD Green T-AA T-BA H-RA H-ARA Black T-AA T-BA H-RA H-ARA Red T-AA T-BA H-RA H-ARA T A A a b c d e f d (cont'd) Color Cap Grey White Red Blue Yellow e Special Mushroom Head Jumbo mushroom head J plastic Jumbo mushroom head L metal Note: Special mushroom head options only apply to mushroom head operator type code D/DR (Table c). Blank D D D D D D A A A A A B f Contact Block(s) No contacts Standard N.. N.C. N..E.M. N.C.L.B. N.. (Mini) N.C. (Mini) N.C.L.B. - N.. N.. N.C. N.C.L.B. - N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. f (cont'd) Contact Block(s) PenTUFF (Low Voltage) DV N.. DV N.C. DV N..E.M. DV N.C.L.B. AV N.. - N.C. BV N.. - N.C. Time Delay N.. T Depress close, delayed opening N.C. S Depress open, delayed closure Snap Action M N.. - N.C. N N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed DR N.. DR N.C. AR N.. AR N.C. AR N.. - N.C. BR N.. - N.C. f (cont'd) Contact Block(s) Class, Div. /Zone Sealed Switch DP N.. DP N.C. AP N.. - N.C. BP N.. - N.C Stackable Sealed Switch DY N.. DY N.C. AY N.. AY N.C. AY N.. - N.C. BY N.. - N.C Time Delay Contacts Series C field installable kits can only be used with Series T or later operators. Adjustable range of. to s + %. Maximum continuous current Ith A. Snap Action Contacts Snap-action contacts feature a quick make, quick break snapaction mechanism that is only available on factory assembled units. Maximum continuous current I th A. Underlying operators are "flush head" type, except red which are "extended head". Boot material is chlorosulfonated polyethylene. Not available for booted operators. A and AR contact blocks cannot be stacked upon, but can stack on other contact blocks. Jumbo mushroom heads not available in white color. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

10 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Push Button perators Momentary Contact Push Button Devices, Illuminated Extended Head Without Guard T-PBR Extended Head without Guard H-PRBR Type / Type // Extended Head Without Guard Extended Head With Guard Extended Head without Guard Extended Head with Guard Type Lamp Type Volts Color perator nly T-SB T-SA H-SRB H-SRA Red T-QBR T-QAR H-QRBR H-QRAR Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC Green T-QBG T-QAG H-QRBG H-QRAG Amber T-QBA T-QAA H-QRBA H-QRAA No Lamp V AC/DC No Lens T-QBN T-QAN H-QRBN H-QRAN Red T-QBHR T-QAHR H-QRBHR H-QRAHR Universal LED V AC/DC Green T-QBHG T-QAHG H-QRBHG H-QRAHG Amber T-QBHA T-QAHA H-QRBHA H-QRAHA Red T-PBR T-PAR H-PRBR H-PRAR Incandescent Green T-PBG T-PAG H-PRBG H-PRAG Transformer Amber T-PBA T-PAA H-PRBA H-PRAA V AC, Red T-PBHR T-PAHR H-PRBHR H-PRAHR / Hz LED Green T-PBHG T-PAHG H-PRBHG H-PRAHG Amber T-PBHA T-PAHA H-PRBHA H-PRAHA No Lamp No Lens T-PBN T-PAN H-PRBN H-PRAN Includes as standard one T-A ( N.. - N.C.) contact block. perator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks. T P B H R a b c d e f g h a Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // b Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals T Type / P Q A B M MJ c Power Module Type Transformer (or dual input) Full voltage/ Universal d H Type // PR QR Head Type Extended head with guard Extended head without guard Mushroom Jumbo mushroom e Illumination ptions Blank Incandescent H LED Dual Input D Diode type T Transformer relay type Transformer relay type TH LED f Voltage Transformer V AC, / Hz V AC, / Hz V AC, / Hz V AC, / Hz Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Universal LED V AC/DC Dual Input V AC V AC/DC Blank A B C G R W g Lens Color No lens with standard contacts N.. - N.C. No lens if ordering any contacts other than standard N.. - N.C. Amber Blue Clear Green Red White h Contact Block(s) No contacts Standard Blank N.. - N.C. D N.. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) AV N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed AR N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch AP N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch AY N.. - N.C. Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs. Dual input diode only. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

11 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Push Button perators Momentary Contact Push Button Devices, Non-Illuminated With Two-Color Molded Legend Caps perator nly Type / Type // Less legend cap Less contact blocks Button Type Flush T-A H-AR Extended T-B H-BR T-A with Legend Caps T-LCW installed Text Cap Color Text Color Text Cap Color Text Color T-LCW IN T-LCW START T-LCW UT T-LCW Green White N T-LCW HIGH Black White T-LCW START / T-LCW LW T-LCW T-LCW STP / T-LCW STP T-LCW T-LCB RESET T-LCW START T-LCB White Black T-LCW T-LCB FRWARD T-LCW START / T-LCB REVERSE Black White T-LCW T-LCW JG T-LCW STP T-LCW Red White UP T-LCW FF T-LCW DWN T-LCW STP / T-LCW RAISE T-LCW RESET T-LCW Blue White LWER T-LCW R T-LCW Note: Package Qty. = H-BR with T-LC installed a Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // b Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c perator Type T H Type Type / // A Flush head AR B Extended head BR T A W A a b c d e d e Cap Text/Color Text Color Cap Text W W START W N Green White W START / W W STP W RESET W W FRWARD W REVERSE W JG W UP W DWN Black White W RAISE W LWER W IN W UT W HIGH W LW W STP / B B START B White Black B START / W W STP W FF Red White W STP / W RESET W R Blue White Contact Block(s) Blank No contacts Standard D N.. D N.C. D N..E.M. D N.C.L.B. D N.. (Mini) D N.C. (Mini) A N.C.L.B. - N.. A N.. A N.C. A N.C.L.B. - N.C. A N.. - N.C. B N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Sealed Switch DP N.. DP N.C. AP N.. - N.C. BP N.. - N.C Stackable Sealed Switch DY N.. DY N.C. AY N.. AY N.C. AY N.. - N.C. BY N.. - N.C e (cont'd) Contact Block(s) PenTUFF (Low Voltage) DV N.. DV N.C. DV N..E.M. DV N.C.L.B. AV N.. - N.C. BV N.. - N.C. Time Delay N.. T Depress close, delayed opening N.C. S Depress open, delayed closure Snap Action M N.. - N.C. N N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed DR N.. DR N.C. AR N.. AR N.C. AR N.. - N.C. BR N.. - N.C. A and AR contact blocks cannot be stacked upon, but can stack upon other contact blocks. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

12 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Selector Switches -Position Selector Switch Devices, Non-Illuminated - Standard Knob perator T-HA Contact Type Side Contact Knob Lever perator T-HA perator Position No Contacts N.. White A N.. - N.C. White Note: = Closed/ = pen Target tables are reversed from those shown. Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // Blank C T Type / a b Finger-Safe Guards No guards Guards on terminals c Knob Insert Colors H Type // H White HR H Packet of colored inserts HR Metal Wing Lever Colors Color HA Red HG Grey ne insert of each color (blue, green, orange, red, and yellow). Target tables are reversed from those shown. nly available on Bul. T, Type / operators. Contact target tables same as those listed for standard contact blocks. A B Publication A-CAA-EN-P M = Maintained S = Spring Return Standard Knob Standard Knob perator H-HRA Type / Knob Lever Type // Standard Knob M M T-H T-H H-HR S M T-H T-H H-HR M S T-H T-H H-HR M M T-HD T-HD H-HRD S M T-HD T-HD H-HRD M S T-HD T-HD H-HRD M M T-HA T-HA H-HRA S M T-HA T-HA H-HRA M S T-HA T-HA H-HRA T HA A a b c d e d perator Type and Function Standard Knob perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Knob Lever perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Metal Wing Lever perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Coin Slot perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right e Contact Block(s) -Position Contact Configuration Blank No contacts Standard D N.. D N.C. A N.. - N.C. B N.. - N.C. Max Duty (Horsepower Rated) DM N.. DM N.C. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) DV N.. DV N.C. AV N.. - N.C. BV N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed DR N.. DR N.C. AR N.. - N.C. BR N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch DP N.. DP N.C. AP N.. - N.C. BP N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch DY N.. DY N.C. AY N.. - N.C. BY N.. - N.C.

13 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Selector Switches -Position Selector Switch Devices, Non-Illuminated (Bul. T only) -Position Cylinder Lock perator T-HA Type / perator Position Key Removal Left Cylinder Lock Key Removal Right Key Removal Both Contact Type Side Contact No Contacts N.. White A N.. - N.C. Note: = Closed/ = pen White T H A Protection Rating T Metal, Type / Blank C H H H H H a b c d e a b Finger-Safe Guards No guards Guards on terminals c Key Removal Position Maintained perator Function Key removal left Key removal right Key removal both Spring Return From Left perator Function Key removal right Spring Return From Right perator Function Key removal left A B Key ptions for Cylinder Locks T Series T Series Key No. Key No. Blank D (Std. Key) T D T D T D T D T D T D T D T D T D T D T D T D M = Maintained S = Spring Return Target tables are reversed from those shown. Keys removable from maintained positions only. Contact target tables same as those listed for standard and PenTUFF contact blocks. Device supplied with keys. Replacement key part no. for standard D key is -. See page - for additional replacement key numbers. d M M T-H T-H T-H M S T-H M M T-HD T-HD T-HD S M T-HD M S T-HD M M T-HA T-HA T-HA S M T-HA M S T-HA e Contact Block(s) -Position Contact Configuration Blank No contacts Standard D N.. D N.C. A N.. - N.C. B N.. - N.C. Max Duty (Horsepower Rated) DM N.. DM N.C. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) DV N.. DV N.C. AV N.. - N.C. BV N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed DR N.. DR N.C. AR N.. - N.C. BR N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch DP N.. DP N.C. AP N.. - N.C. BP N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch DY N.. DY N.C. AY N.. - N.C. BY N.. - N.C. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

14 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Selector Switches -Position Selector Switch Devices, Non-Illuminated Contact Type - Standard Knob perator T-JA perator Position No Contacts Knob Lever perator T-JA M = Maintained S = Spring Return Publication A-CAA-EN-P Type / Standard Knob perator H-JRA Type // Standard Knob Knob Lever Standard Knob M M M T-J T-J H-JR S M M T-J T-J H-JR M M S T-J T-J H-JR S M S T-J T-J H-JR M M M T-JA T-JA H-JRA S M M T-JA T-JA H-JRA M M S T-JA T-JA H-JRA N.. - N.C. S M S T-JA T-JA H-JRA Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact Block Suffix a Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // b Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Knob Insert Colors T H Type Type / // J White JR J Packet of colored inserts JR Metal Wing Lever Colors Color JA Red JG Grey Contact Block Side Circuits KB (Std.) T J C a b c d e f e (cont'd) d Knob/Lever Type perators Standard Knob perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Spring return from both Knob Lever perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Spring return from both Metal Wing Lever perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Spring return from both Coin Slot perator Function Spring return from both Blank KA KA e Cam ption KB cam (std.) KA cam KA cam Table. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table Cam ption KC cam KC cam KD cam KE cam KQ cam KQ cam KR cam KR cam KT cam KT cam KU cam Contact Blocks Blank No contacts on operator Standard N.. - N.C. A -T-A on white side N.. - N.C. -T-As B on white side/ on black side PenTUFF (Low Voltage) N.. - N.C. AV -T-AV on white side N.. - N.C. -T-AVs BV on white side/ on black side Cam s KA KA KC KC KD KE KQ KQ KR KR KT KT KU White A B Black A B White A B Black A B Note: = Closed/ = pen KC KC KD KE KQ KQ KR KR KT KT KU f f (cont'd) Contact Blocks Blank No contacts Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed N.. - N.C. AR -T-AR on white side N.. - N.C. -T-ARs BR on white side/ on black side Sealed Switch N.. - N.C. AP -T-AP on white side N.. - N.C. -T-APs BP on white side/ on black side Stackable Sealed Switch N.. - N.C. AY -T-AY on white side N.. - N.C. -T-AYs BY on white side/ on black side ne insert of each color (blue, green, orange, red, and yellow). nly available on Bul. T, Type / operators. If an overlapping cam is required, consult your local distributor. Not available with wing levers. See Table for cam selections and associated targets.

15 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Selector Switches -Position Selector Switch Devices, Non-Illuminated (Bul. T only) Contact Type perator Position No Contacts -Position Cylinder Lock perator T-JA M = Maintained S = Spring Return Type / Cylinder Lock Key Removal Left Key Removal Center Key Removal All M M M T-J T-J T-J S M M T-J M M S T-J T-J S M S T-J M M M T-JA T-JA T-JA S M M T-JA M M S T-JA T-JA N.. - N.C. S M S T-JA Note: = Closed/ = pen a Protection Rating T Metal, Type / b Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Key Removal Position Maintained perator Function J Key removal left J Key removal center J Key removal right J Key removal all J Key removal left and center J Key removal right and left J Key removal right and center Spring Return from Left J Key removal center J Key removal right J Key removal right and center T J KC A a b c d e f c (cont d) Key Removal Position Spring Return from Right perator Function J Key removal left J Key removal center J Key removal left and center Spring Return from Both J Key removal center d Key ptions for Cylinder Locks Key No. Blank D (standard key) D D D D Note: Refer to page - for additional key option codes. e Cam ption Blank KB cam (std.) KA KA cam KA KA cam KC KC cam Note: See Table on page - for cam selections. KC KD KE KQ KQ KR KR KT KT KU e (cont d) Cam ption KC cam KD cam KE cam KQ cam KQ cam KR cam KR cam KT cam KT cam KU cam f Contact Blocks Blank No contacts Standard N.. - N.C. A -T-A on white side N.. - N.C. B -T-As on white side/ on black side PenTUFF (Low Voltage) N.. - N.C. AV -T-AV on white side N.. - N.C. BV -T-AVs on white side/ on black side f (cont'd) Contact Blocks Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed N.. - N.C. AR -T-AR on white side N.. - N.C. -T-ARs BR on white side/ on black side Sealed Switch N.. - N.C. AP -T-AP on white side N.. - N.C. -T-APs BP on white side/ on black side Stackable Sealed Switch N.. - N.C. AY -T-AY on white side N.. - N.C. -T-AYs BY on white side/ on black side Key removable in maintained positions only. If an overlapping cam is required, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. Device supplied with keys. Replacement key part no. for standard D key is -. See page - for additional replacement key numbers. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

16 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Selector Switches -Position Selector Switch Devices, Non-Illuminated Standard Knob perator T-NKNB Contact Type perator Position No Contacts Knob Lever perator T-NKNB M = Maintained S = Spring Return Type / Standard Knob perator H-NRKFAA Type // Standard Knob Knob Lever Standard Knob M M M M T-NKF T-NKF H-NRKF S M M M T-NKF T-NKF H-NRKF M M M S T-NKF T-NKF H-NRKF M M M M T-NKFB T-NKFB H-NRKFAA S M M M T-NKFB T-NKFB H-NRKFAA N.. - N.C. M M M S T-NKFB T-NKFB H-NRKFAA Note: = Closed/ = pen Table. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table Contact Block Suffix a Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // b Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Knob Insert Colors T H Type Type / // N White NR N Packet of colored inserts NR Metal Wing Lever Colors Color NA Red NG Grey Contact Block Side Circuits T N KF B a b c d e f d perator Function and Knob Type Standard Knob perator Function Maintained Spring return from position to position Spring return from position to position Knob Lever perator Function Maintained Spring return from position to position Spring return from position to position Metal Wing Lever perator Function Maintained Spring return from position to position Spring return from position to position Cam s KF KG KK KM KP KN White A B Black A B White A B Black A B Note: = Closed/ = pen e Cam ption KF F cam KG G cam KK K cam KM M cam KP P cam KN verlapping cam f Contact Blocks T H Type Type / // Blank No contacts Blank Standard B N.. - N.C. -T-As on white side/ AA on black side H N.. - N.C. -T-As on white side/ AAA on black side C N.. - N.C. -T-As on white side/ on black side AAAA T Type / f (cont) Contact Blocks H Type // PenTUFF (Low Voltage) BV N.. - N.C. FF HV N.. - N.C. FFF CV N.. - N.C. FFFF Class, Di. /Zone Logic Reed BR N.. - N.C. TT HR N.. - N.C. TTT CR N.. - N.C. TTTT Sealed Switch BP N.. - N.C. PP Stackable Sealed Switch BY N.. - N.C. TT HY N.. - N.C. TTT CY N.. - N.C. TTTT ne insert of each color (blue, green, orange, red, and yellow). verlapping cam. See Publication T-. for overlap specifications. Contact block mounting same as listed for standard and PenTUFF contact blocks. nly available on Bul. T, Type / operators. See Table for proper cam/contact selection. Not available with wing levers. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

17 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Selector Switches -Position Selector Switch Devices, Non-Illuminated (T only) Contact Type perator Position No Contacts Cylinder Lock perator T-NKFB Cylinder Lock Type / M = Maintained Key Removal Position Key Removal Position Key Removal All S = Spring Return M M M M T-NKF T-NKF T-NKF S M M M T-NKF T-NKF M M M S T-NKF T-NKF M M M M T-NKFB T-NKFB T-NKFB S M M M T-NKFB T-NKFB N.. - N.C. M M M S T-NKFB T-NKFB Note: = Closed/ = pen Table. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table Contact Block Suffix a Protection Rating T Metal, Type / b Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Key Removal Position and perator Function Maintained perator Function N Key removal position N Key removal position N Key removal position N Key removal position N Key removal all positions Contact Block Side White Black White Black Circuits T N KM C a b c d e f c (cont'd) Key Removal Position and perator Function Spring Return From Position to Position N Key removal position N Key removal position N Key removal position N Key removal positions,, and Spring Return From Position to Position perator Function N Key removal position N Key removal position N Key removal position N Key removal positions,, and Cam s KF KG KK KM KP KN A B A B A B A B Note: = Closed/ = pen Key removable in maintained positions only. verlapping cam. ne layer of contact blocks allowed, no stacking. See Publication T-. for overlap specifications. Contact block mounting same as listed for standard and PenTUFF contact blocks. Device supplied with keys. Replacement key part no. for standard D key is -. See page - for additional replacement key numbers. Publication A-CAA-EN-P d Key ptions for Cylinder Locks D Series Key No. Blank D (standard key) D D D D Note: Refer to page - for additional key option codes. e Cam ption KF F cam KG G cam KK K cam KM M cam KP P cam KN verlapping cam Note: See Table for proper cam selection. f Contact Blocks Blank No contacts Standard N.. - N.C. -T-As B on white side/ on black side N.. - N.C. -T-As H on white side/ on black side N.. - N.C. -T-As C on white side/ on black side PenTUFF (Low Voltage) N.. - N.C. -T-AVs BV on white side/ on black side N.. - N.C. -T-AVs HV on white side/ on black side N.. - N.C. -T-AVs CV on white side/ on black side Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed BR N.. - N.C. HR N.. - N.C. CR N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch BP N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch BY N.. - N.C. HY N.. - N.C. CY N.. - N.C. Note: Associated targets shown in Table. -

18 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Selector Switches -Position Knob/Lever Type Selector Switch Devices, Illuminated Standard Knob perator T-HRKBA Type Lamp Type Volts Knob Color Full Voltage perator Position M = Maintained S = Spring Return Knob Lever perator H-HRRKBA Type / Standard Knob Type // Standard Knob perator nly No Contacts M M T-HKB H-HRKB Incandescent V AC/DC Red M M T-HRKBA H-HRRKBA S M T-HRKLA H-HRRKLA M S T-HRKLA H-HRRKLA No Lamp V AC/DC No Knob M M T-HNKBA H-HRNKBA M M T-HRHKBA H-HRRHKBA Universal LED V AC/DC Red Transformer Incandescent LED V AC / Hz Red S M T-HRHKLA H-HRRHKLA M S T-HRHKLA H-HRRHKLA M M T-HRKBA H-HRRKBA S M T-HRKLA H-HRRKLA M S T-HRKLA H-HRRKLA M M T-HRHKBA H-HRRHKBA S M T-HRHKLA H-HRRHKLA M S T-HRHKLA H-HRRHKLA No Lamp V AC / Hz No Knob M M T-HNKBA H-HRNKBA Note: = Closed/ = pen perator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks. Target tables are reversed from those shown. st Level T H R KB A a b c d e f g h i j a Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // b Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Power Module Type and Voltage Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Universal LED V AC/DC Transformer V AC / Hz V AC / Hz For other voltages, please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. Bul. T Type / d No. of Positions Bul. H Type // H -position HR A B C G R W e Knob Color Color Amber Blue Clear Green Red White No knob Illumination ptions Blank Incandescent H LED f Table. Selector Switch Cam Targets Cam (-Position) Target Contact Block D, H, V, R, E, U, W, S, g perator Function and Knob Type Standard Knob or No Knob perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Knob Lever Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right h Cam ptions -Position perator Function KB Maintained Cam KL Spring Return Cam Table. Contact Block Reduction Rules Contact Block Substitution Combination Standard D + E A D + D M E + E N nd Level i, j Contact Blocks Blank (both No contacts pos.) Standard D N.. E N.C. A N.. - N.C. No contacts in this position PenTUFF (Low Voltage) H N.. U N.C. F N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed V N.. W N.C. T N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch R N.. S N.C. P N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch N.. N.C. N.. - N.C. Contact blocks used on white side only. Target tables are reversed for spring return from left operators. - = Closed/ = pen Publication A-CAA-EN-P

19 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Selector Switches -Position Knob/Lever Type Selector Switch Devices, Illuminated Standard Knob perator T-JRKBA Standard Knob perator H-JRRKBA perator Position Type / Type // M = Maintained Standard Knob Standard Lever Type Lamp Type Volts Color S = Spring Return perator nly No Contacts M M M T-JKB M M M T-JRKBA H-JRRKBA Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC Red S M M T-JRKBA H-JRRKBA M M S T-JRKBA H-JRRKBA No Lamp V AC/DC No Knob M M M T-JNKBA M M M T-JRHKBA H-JRRHKBA Universal LED V AC/DC Red S M M T-JRHKBA H-JRRHKBA M M S T-JRHKBA H-JRRHKBA M M M T-JRKBA H-JRRKBA Incandescent S M M T-JRKBA H-JRRKBA Transformer M M S T-JRKBA H-JRRKBA Red V AC / Hz M M M T-JRHKBA H-JRRHKBA LED S M M T-JRHKBA H-JRRHKBA M M S T-JRHKBA H-JRRHKBA No Lamp No Knob M M M T-JNKBA Note: = Closed/ = pen perator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks. st Level T J R KB A nd Level a b c d e f g h i j a e i, j (cont'd) Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // b Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Power Module Type and Voltage Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Universal LED V AC/DC Transformer V AC / Hz V AC / Hz For other voltages, please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. d No. of Positions T H Type Type / // J -position JR A B C G R W Knob Color Color Amber Blue Clear Green Red White No knob f Illumination ptions Blank Incandescent H LED g perator Function and Knob Type Standard Knob or No Knob perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Spring return from both Knob Lever perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Spring return from both h Cam ptions -Position Contact Blocks perator Function Standard KB B cam A N.. - N.C. KC C cam No contacts in this position KC C cam PenTUFF (Low Voltage) KE E cam F N.. - N.C. KQ Q cam Class, Div. /Zone KT T cam Logic Reed T N.. - N.C. i, j Sealed Switch Contact Blocks P N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch Blank N.. - N.C. (both No contacts pos.) Table. Selector Switch Cam Targets Target Cam (-Position) KB KC KC KE KQ KT D, H, D, H, V, R, V, R, D, H, V E, U, W, S, E, U, E, U, E, U, W, S, W, S, W, S, E, U, D, H, D, H, W, S, V, R, V, R, G, I J, Q J, Q J,Q J,Q E, U, W, S, G,I G,I D, H, V, R, LED only. LEDs available in red, green, amber, blue, and white. White LEDs only available in V, V, V, and V full voltage and all transformer units. LED color matches lens color, except clear lens supplied with white LED and white lens supplied with amber LED. All LEDs except V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. Contact blocks used on white side only. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

20 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Pilot Lights Pilot Light Devices Transformer Type Pilot Light T-PR Push-to-Test Pilot Light T-PTR Pilot Light Push-to-Test Pilot Light Push-to-Test Type Lamp Type Volts Color perator nly T-S T-SB H-SR H-SRB Red T-QR T-QTR H-QRR H-QRTR Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC Green T-QG T-QTG H-QRG H-QRTG Amber T-QA T-QTA H-QRA H-QRTA No Lamp V AC/DC No Lens T-QN T-QTN Red T-QHR T-QTHR H-QRHR H-QRTHR Universal LED V AC/DC Green T-QHG T-QTHG H-QRHG H-QRTHG Amber T-QHA T-QTHA H-QRHA H-QRTHA Transformer Incandescent LED V AC, / Hz Type / Type // Red T-PR T-PTR H-PRR H-PRTR Green T-PG T-PTG H-PRG H-PRTG Amber T-PA T-PTA H-PRA H-PRTA Red T-PHR T-PTHR H-PRHR H-PRTHR Green T-PHG T-PTHG H-PRHG H-PRTHG Amber T-PHA T-PTHA H-PRHA H-PRTHA No Lamp No Lens T-PN T-PTN Includes one standard T-A ( N.. - N.C.) contact block. For typical pilot light wiring diagrams, see page -. perator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks. All pilot lights except push-to-test without sealed contacts and dual input transformer relay, are rated for Class, Division applications. (Push-to-Test) T P T G AR a b c d e f g h a Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // b Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals T Type / P Q c Power Module Type Transformer (or dual input) Full voltage/ Universal H Type // PR QR d Lamp Test ptions Blank No test option T Push-to-test D Dual input diode Dual input transformer DT relay Note: Push-to-test supplied with factory jumpered contact block. e Illumination ptions Blank Incandescent H LED LED illumination option is not available with diode type dual input. Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs. Glass lens available on T pilot lights only. Not available on push-to-test units. f Voltage Transformer V AC / Hz V AC / Hz V AC / Hz V AC / Hz Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Universal LED V AC/DC Dual Input V AC V AC/DC (Dual input diode only) g Lens Color Glass Color Blank No lens Blank A Amber D B Blue E C Clear F G Green H R Red J W White K h Contact Blocks (Push-to-test units only) Standard Blank N.. - N.C. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) AV N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed AR N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch AP N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch AY N.. - N.C. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

21 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Push-Pull perators -Position Red Push-Pull and Push-Pull/Twist Release Devices, Non-Illuminated Note: A jumbo or large legend plate is recommended, if space allows. Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // Blank C -Position Push-Pull T-FD T Type / a b Finger-Safe Guards No guards Guards on terminals c Head Type T F A H Type // F Mushroom head (push-pull) FC mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) FJ Jumbo mushroom head (push-pull) FJE Jumbo mushroom head (push-pull) with "E-Stop" FL mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) FLE mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) with "E-Stop" FT Push-pull/twist-to-release FRT FJT Jumbo head push-pull with twist-to-release FRJT -Position Metal Push-Pull T-FLEDS a b c d e d Color Cap Color Blank No cap Green Black range Grey White Red Blue Yellow Note: = Closed/ = pen Normally closed late break contact. When button is pushed from the UT to IN position, the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state. When the button is pulled from the IN in the UT position, the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. Devices with N.C.L.B. contacts meet EN IS and IEC -- standards for emergency stop applications. Not valid with head Type J or JT. e Contact Block(s) perator Position ut In No contacts on Blank operator Standard D N.. D N.C. D N.C.L.B. A N.. - N.C. A N.. - N.C.L.B. A -Position Push-Pull / Twist T-FTD N.C.L.B. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -Position Push-Pull / Twist H-FRTD perator Position Type / Type // Push-Pull mm Push-Pull mm Metal Push-Pull/Twist Release Contact Type ut In N.C.L.B. T-FD T-FLED T-FTD H-FRTD N.. - N.C.L.B. N.C.L.B. - N.C.L.B. e (cont'd) Contact Block(s) perator Position Push-Pull/Twist Release T-FA T-FLEA T-FTA H-FRTA T-FA T-FLEA T-FTA H-FRTA S.M.C.B. TC-FDS TC-FLEDS TC-FTDS HC-FRTDS N.. - S.M.C.B. S.M.C.B. - S.M.C.B TC-FAS TC-FLEAS TC-FTAS HC-FRTAS TC-FAS TC-FLEAS TC-FTAS HC-FRTAS Note: = Closed/ = pen Note: These caps are only available in plastic. Note: Emergency stop push buttons are compliant with EN IS and EN/IEC -- Standards when using N.C.L.B. contact blocks. The Self Monitoring Contact Block (S.M.C.B.) is composed of a N.C.L.B. contact wired in series with a N.. monitoring contact. The N.. monitoring contact automatically closes when the S.M.C.B. is properly installed onto the E-stop operator. If the S.M.C.B. is separated from the E-stop operator, the N.. monitoring contact will automatically open. ut In Blank No contacts PenTUFF (Low Voltage) DV N.. DV N.C. DV N.C.L.B. AV N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed DR N.. DR N.C. AR N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch DP N.. DP N.C. N.. AP N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch DY N.. DY N.C. AY N.. - N.C. -

22 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Push-Pull perators -Position Push-Pull Devices, Non-Illuminated Note: A jumbo or large legend plate is recommended, if space allows. -Position Push-Pull T-FMA perator Position -Position Push-Pull H-FRMA perator Position Contact Type N.C.- N.C.L.B. Momentary Maintained Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary ut Center In ut Center In Type / Type // Type / Type // Push-Pull Push-Pull Push-Pull Push-Pull Button Color Red T-FMA H-FRMA T-FNA H-FRNA Note: = Closed/ = pen Normally closed late break contact. When button is pushed from the UT to IN position, the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state. When the button is pulled from the IN to the UT position, the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. Devices with N.C.L.B. contacts meet EN IS and IEC -- standards for emergency stop applications. T F M A Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // Blank C T Type / a b c d e f a b Finger-Safe Guards No guards Guards on terminals c Head Type H Type // F Mushroom head (push-pull) FR FC mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) FJ Jumbo mushroom head (push-pull) FRJ FL mm anodized aluminum head (push-pull) d perator Function perator Position ut Center In M Momentary Maintained Maintained N Momentary Maintained Momentary e Color Cap Color Blank No cap Green Black range Grey White Red Blue Yellow Contact Block(s) perator Position f ut Ctr. In Blank No contacts Standard A N.. - N.C. A N.. - N.C.L.B. A N.C. - N.C.L.B. B AV N.C. - N.C.L.B. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) N.. - N.C. AR AP AY f (cont'd) Contact Block(s) perator Position ut Ctr. In Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch N.. - N.C. Note: = Closed/ = pen Devices with N.C.L.B. contacts meet EN IS and IEC -- standards for emergency stop applications. Not valid with head Type J. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

23 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Push-Pull perators -Position Red Push-Pull and Push-Pull/Twist Release Devices, Illuminated Note: A jumbo or large legend plate is recommended, if space allows. Illuminated -Position Push-Pull T-FPRA Type Full Voltage Universal Transformer Transformer T F T PH R A a b c d e f g h a g Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // b Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals T Type / F FJ FJE Blank T c Head Type Mushroom head Jumbo mushroom Jumbo mushroom (push-pull) with "E-Stop" d perator Function Push-pull Push-pull/twist H Type // FR FRJ -Position Push-Pull T-FJEPRA Lamp Type Volts Color Contacts P PH Q QH D DT DTH e Illumination ptions Transformer Incandescent LED Full Voltage Incandescent Universal LED Dual Input Diode type Transformer relay type Transformer relay type LED f Voltage Transformer V AC / Hz V AC / Hz Full Voltage V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Universal LED V AC/DC Dual Input V AC V AC/DC (dual input diode only) Illuminated -Position Push-Pull/Twist T-FTPRA Publication A-CAA-EN-P Color Cap Color No cap (not valid with head Type J) A Amber B Blue C Clear G Green R Red W White h Target Contact N.. N.C./ N.C.L.B. Contact Blocks Blank No contacts Standard D N.. D N.C. D N.C.L.B. A N.. - N.C. A N.. - N.C.L.B. A N.C.L.B. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) DV N.. DV N.C. DV N.C.L.B. AV N.. - N.C. Illuminated -Position Push-Pull/Twist H-FRTPRA perator Position Type / Type // Maintained Push-Pull mm Push-Pull mm with "E-Stop" Push-Pull/Twist Release Push-Pull/Twist Release ut In perator nly No Contacts T-FS T-FTS H-FRTS Incan. V AC/DC Red No Lamp LED Incan. LED No Lamp V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC No Lens N.. - N.C.L.B. T-FQRA T-FJEQRA T-FTQRA H-FRTQRA T-FQNA T-FTQNA H-FRTQNA Red T-FQHRA T-FJEQHRA T-FTQHRA H-FRTQHRA T-FPRA T-FJEPRA T-FTPRA H-FRTPRA V AC T-FPRA T-FJEPRA T-FTPRA H-FRTPRA Red N.. - V AC T-FPHRA T-FJEPHRA T-FTPHRA H-FRTPHRA N.C.L.B. V AC T-FPHRA T-FJEPHRA T-FTPHRA H-FRTPHRA No V AC T-FPNA T-FTPNA H-FRTPNA Lens Note: = Closed/ = pen Note: Emergency stop push buttons are compliant with EN IS and EN/IEC -- Standards when using N.C.L.B. contact blocks. perator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks. Normally closed late break contact. When button is pushed from the UT to IN position, the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state. When the button is pulled from the IN to the UT position, the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability of illuminated E-stops with Self Monitoring Contact Blocks (SMCBs). h (cont'd) Contact Blocks Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed DR N.. DR N.C. AR N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch DP N.. DP N.C. AP N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch DY N.. DY N.C. AY N.. - N.C. See page - for additional voltage code options. Devices with N.C.L.B. contacts meet EN IS and IEC -- standards for emergency stop applications. Push-Pull is available only with Bul. T. Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs. -

24 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Push-Pull perators -Position Push-Pull Devices, Illuminated Illuminated -Position Push-Pull T-FMPRA perator Position Illuminated -Position Push-Pull H-FRMPA perator Position Momentary Maintained Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Contacts ut Center In ut Center In N.C.- N.C.L.B. T F M PH R A a b c d e f g h a d Type / Type // Type / Type // Type Lamp Type Volts Color perator nly T-FMS H-FRMS T-FNS H-FRNS Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC Red T-FMQRA H-FRMQRA T-FNQRA H-FRNQRA No Lamp V AC/DC No Lens T-FMQNA H-FRMQNA T-FNQNA H-FRNQNA Universal LED V AC/DC Red T-FMQHRA H-FRMQHRA T-FNQHRA H-FRNQHRA Incandescent V AC T-FMPRA H-FRMPRA T-FNPRA H-FRNPRA Red Transformer LED V AC T-FMPHRA H-FRMPHRA T-FNPHRA H-FRNPHRA No Lamp V AC No Lens T-FMPNA H-FRMPNA T-FNPNA H-FRNPNA Note: = Closed/ = pen Normally closed late break contact. When button is pushed from the UT to IN position, the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state. When the button is pulled from the IN to the UT position, the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. perator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks. Devices with N.C.L.B. contacts meet EN IS and EN/IEC -- standards for emergency stop applications. Protection Rating T Metal, Type / H Plastic, Type // b Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals c Head Type T H Type Type / // F Mushroom head FR FJ Jumbo mushroom FRJ perator Function perator Position ut Ctr. In M Mom. Main. Main. N Mom. Main. Mom. Mom. Momentary, Main. Maintained. e Illumination ptions Transformer P Incandescent PH LED Full Voltage Q Incandescent QH Universal LED Dual Input D Diode type DT Transformer relay type DTH Transformer relay LED f Voltage Transformer V AC / Hz V AC / Hz Full Voltage V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Universal LED V AC/DC Dual Input V AC V AC/DC g Color Cap Color No cap (not valid with head Type J) A Amber B Blue C Clear G Green R Red W White Contact h Target N.. N.C. N.C.L.B. Contact Blocks Blank No contacts on operator Standard A N.. - N.C. A N.. - N.C.L.B. A N.C. - N.C.L.B. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) AV N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed AR N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch AP N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch AY N.. - N.C. See page - (Table f) for additional voltage code options. Devices with N.C.L.B. contacts meet EN IS and EN/IEC -- standards for emergency stop applications. Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs. Dual input diode only. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

25 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Specialty perators Potentiometer Devices Resistance perator nly without Resistive Element T-U Type / Type // H-UR Type / Type // Potentiometer Potentiometer Potentiometer Potentiometer Resistance T-N H-N kω T-U H-UR kω T-U H-UR Ω T-U H-UR kω T-U H-UR Ω T-U H-UR kω T-U H-UR Ω T-U H-UR kω T-U H-UR Ω T-U H-UR kω T-U H-UR Ω T-U H-UR kω T-U H-UR Ω T-U H-UR MΩ T-U H-UR kω T-U H-UR MΩ T-U H-UR kω T-U H-UR MΩ T-U H-UR kω T-U H-UR MΩ T-U H-UR Single turn operation with rotation. Does not meet Class Div. applications. Rated for V AC/DC, W maximum (V DC minimum). Specify Bulletin TC or HC for finger-safe potentiometers. Example: T-U becomes TC-U. For use with Type J potentiometers having a shaft length of / in. (. mm) and a shaft diameter of / in. (. mm). Mechanically Interlocked Maintained Push Button Devices Contact Type N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. No Contact T-FAA T-FBA T-FCF H-CRAA Contact Arrangement Configuration/ Position Upper: Flush/Black Lower: Flush/Black Type / Button Position: Button Type/Color Upper: Flush/Green Lower: Extended/ Red Upper: Flush/Green Lower: Mushroom/ Red Upper: Flush/Green Lower: Extended/ Red Type // Bootless Upper: Flush/Black Lower: Flush/Black T-FAA T-FBA T-FCA H-CRBA H-CRAA T-FAF T-FBF T-FCF H-CRBF H-CRAF T-FA T-FB T-FC H-CRB H-CRA Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other operator types and combinations. If booted operators are desired, refer to page - to order boots separately. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

26 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Specialty perators Cluster Pilot Light Devices (Bul. T nly) green Color Cap nly With Lamps T-N red Complete Unit T-PC Type / Color Cap With Lamps Complete Unit Type Lamp Type Volts -Light Color Cap with Lamps Incandescent V AC/DC Full Voltage T-N T-QC Light LED V AC/DC Full Voltage T-NL T-QCL Incandescent V AC, / Hz Transformer T-N T-PC LED V AC, / Hz Transformer T-NL T-PCL -Light Color Cap with Lamps Incandescent V AC/DC Full Voltage T-N T-QC Light LED V AC/DC Full Voltage T-NL T-QCL white Incandescent V AC, / Hz Transformer T-N T-PC green red -Light Color Cap with Lamps blue green Light red clear LED V AC, / Hz Transformer T-NL T-PCL Incandescent V AC/DC Full Voltage T-N T-QC V AC, / Hz Transformer T-N T-PC T PC W R R a Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals b Power Module Type QC Full voltage PC Transformer a b c d e f g h Position Position Position Position c Illumination ptions and No. of Units Incandescent unit cluster unit cluster unit cluster LED L unit cluster L unit cluster L unit cluster Custom Lens Caps for Cluster Pilot Lights T N R G A W N N N N N N N N N N N N d Voltage ptions Full Voltage V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Transformer V AC, / Hz a b c d e f Position Position Position Position a No. of Lamps/Voltage Transformer lamps, V AC, / Hz lamps, V AC, / Hz lamps, V AC, / Hz lamps, V AC/DC lamps, V AC/DC lamps, V AC/DC lamps, V AC/DC lamps, V AC/DC lamps, V AC/DC lamps, V AC/DC lamps, V AC/DC lamps, V AC/DC b e, f, g, h Color ptions Color Blank (All Standard unit Positions) No color A Amber B Blue C Clear G Green R Red W White c, d, e, f Illumination ptions Blank (All Blank Incandescent Positions) Standard unit L LED A Amber B Blue C Clear G Green R Red W White No color Rated Type / indoor only. LEDs are available in red, green and amber only; lens color matches LED color. Exception: the white lens is supplied with an amber LED. White lenses use amber LEDs. LEDs could be adversely affected when used with solid-state outputs. V and V are positive polarity. V LEDs are bipolar. See table above for standard unit colors. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

27 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Specialty perators mm Small Pilot Lights Type /, Class I, Division mm Pilot Light T-PSR Type Lamp Voltage Color Transformer mm Push-to-Test Pilot Light T-PSTR Pilot Light Push-To-Test Incandescent T-PSR T-PSTR V AC / Hz LED T-PSHR T-PSTHR V AC T-PSDR Dual Input Diode Incandescent V AC/DC T-PSDR Red Dual Input Transformer Incandescent V AC/DC / Hz T-PSDTR Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC T-QSR T-QSTR LED V AC/DC T-QSHR T-QSTHR V AC T-QSHR T-QSTHR Neon V AC/DC Amber T-RSA T-RSTA PS QS RS Blank D DT T T PS D R a Power Module Type a b c d e Transformer (or dual input) Full voltage b Neon Lamp Test ptions No test option Dual input diode Dual input transformer relay Push-to-test Neon is only available in amber or clear. LEDs available in red, green, amber, blue, and white. LED color matches lens color, except clear lens supplied with white LED and white lens supplied with amber LED. All LEDs except V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. Dual input diode only. Class, Division rating not available. Push-totest rated for Type only. Blank H Blank c Illumination ptions Transformer/Full Voltage/Dual Input Incandescent Neon LED No options d Voltage Transformer V AC / Hz V AC / Hz Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC V AC/DC Full Voltage LED V AC V AC/DC V AC/DC Neon V AC/DC V AC/DC Dual Input V AC / Hz V AC/DC Blank A B C G R W e Lens Color Plastic No lens Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

28 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Specialty perators -, -, -, -Way Toggle Switches (Bul. T only) Handle Position Spring Return peration Type / Maintained peration - Switch Type Way Way Lever Movement Up Left Center Right Down Note: = Closed/ = pen T T H E E a b c d e f g Right Left Right Left a c c (cont'd) Finger-Safe Guards Blank No guards C Guards on terminals T T T T b perator Type -way toggle -way toggle -way toggle -way toggle Table. Contact Block Contact Block Substitution Combination Standard D + E A D + D M E + E N J + D B J + E C Table. --- Way Toggle Switch Cam Targets Contact Configuration Position Lever Movement and Function Type Function - Way - Way - Way - Way A M S B M S C M S D M S M M M S S S S M M M M S F S S S M M M M S S S S M M M H M S S S S M M M M S S S S M M M K M S S S S M Suffix Contact/Side Up Left Center Right Down Right Side Left Side D, H, V, R, E, U, W, S, J, Q G, I E, U, W, S, D, H, V, R, G, I J, Q Publication A-CAA-EN-P Lever Movement and Function Type Function M M M M M S M S M M S S S M M S S M S M S - S S S Way M M M M M S M S M M S S S M M S S M S M S S S S - Way - Way M M M M M S M S M M S S S M M S S M S M S S S S M M M M M S M S M M S S S M M S S M S M S S S S M M M M M M M S M M S M M M S S M S M M M S S M M S M S R M S S S S M M M S M M S S M S M S M S S S S M M S S S M S S M S T S S S S T-THEE T-TFDD T-TTAA T-THEE T-TFDD T-TRAA d, e, f, g Contact Blocks Blank (all No contacts pos.) Standard D N.. E N.C. G N..E.M. J N.C.L.B. A N.. - N.C. No contacts in this position PenTUFF (Low Voltage) H N.. U N.C. I N..E.M. Q N.C.L.B. F N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed V N.. W N.C. T N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch R N.. S N.C. P N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch N.. N.C. N.. - N.C. Note: M = Maintained, S = Spring Return A and AR contact blocks cannot be stacked upon, but they can stack on other contact blocks.

29 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Specialty perators Selector Push Button Devices (Bul. T only) Contact Type Button Color Button Type N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. Note: = Closed/ = pen Black Black Black Flush Flush Flush Contact Position Selector Push Button T-KAA Selector Sleeve Left Button Free Button Depressed Selector Sleeve Right Button Free Button Depressed Right Left Right Left Right Left Type / Selector Push Button T-KEDE T-KAA T-KCAA Blank C T KD G J D E a b c d e f g Right Left Right Left a d, e, f, g Table. Selector Push Button Cam Targets (Note: = Closed/ = pen) Button Free Sleeve Position Button Pressed Finger-Safe Guards No guards Guards on terminals b Cam and Head Type K A cam with flush operator KA A cam with extended operator KB B cam with flush operator KC C cam with flush operator KD D cam with flush operator KE E cam with flush operator Note: See Table for Target description of each cam. c Color Cap Color Green Black Red Button Free Button Pressed Blank (all pos.) D E G J A H U I Q F Contact Blocks No contacts on operator Standard N.. N.C. N..E.M. N.C.L.B. N.. - N.C. No contacts in this position PenTUFF (Low Voltage) N.. N.C. N..E.M. N.C.L.B. N.. - N.C. Publication A-CAA-EN-P Cam d, e, f, g (cont d) Contact Blocks Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed V N.. W N.C. T N.. - N.C. Sealed Switch R N.. S N.C. P N.. - N.C. Stackable Sealed Switch N.. N.C. N.. - N.C. Table. Contact Block Reduction Rules Contact Block Substitution Standard Combination Substitute D + E A D + D M E + E N J + D B J + E C KA/K KB KC KD KE Contact Block Side Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left D, H, V, R, D, H, V, R, E, U, W, S, E, U, W, S, E, U, W, S, E, U, W, S, E, U, W, S, E, U, W, S, D, H, V, R, D, H, V, R, D, H, V, R, D, H, V, R, D, H, V, R, D, H, V, R, D, H, V, R, D, H, V, R, J or Q J or Q E, U, W, S, J or Q J or Q G or I G or I G or I G or I G or I G or I E, U, W, S, J or Q J or Q E, U, W, S, E, U, W, S, -

30 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Specialty perators Cylinder Lock Push Button Devices (Bul. T only) Cylinder Lock Push Button T-EA Type of Cylinder Lock Spring Bolt Lock can be set with key when button is in the UT position. Button will lock when depressed. Key removable in any position. N.. - N.C. Dead Bolt A Button can only be operated with the key in the lock. Key removable in locked position only. N.. - N.C. Dead Bolt B Button can be operated with or without the key inserted in the lock. Key removable in any position. N.. - N.C. Lock Position Mushroom Style Cylinder Lock T-EMA Standard Cylinder Lock Type / Red Mushroom Cylinder Lock IN T-EA T-EMA IN T-EA T-EMA UT T-EA T-EMA IN T-EA T-EMA UT T-EA T-EMA Each device supplied with keys. Replacement key part no. for standard E is -. For jumbo size mushroom cap, change M to J. Example: T-EMA becomes T-EJA. Momentary Padlocking Mushroom Head Devices (Bul. T only) Contact Type No Contact Padlocking Mushroom Button T-DQA Button Color Padlocking Jumbo Mushroom Button T-DLQA Standard Size Metal Mushroom Head T-DQ Type / Jumbo Size Metal Mushroom Head T-DLQ N.. T-DQD T-DLQD N.C. Red T-DQD T-DLQD N.. - N.C. T-DQA T-DLQA Allows locking in the depressed position. Will hold N.C. contacts open, but might not hold N.. contacts closed. To order without the padlocking attachment, change Q to F. Example: T-DQA becomes T-DFA Momentary Wobble Stick Push Button Devices (Bul. T Type only) Wobble Stick Unit T-MB Wobble Stick Contact Type No Contacts T-M N.. T-MD N.. - N.C. T-MA Can be operated from any angle. - N.. - N.C. T-MB Publication A-CAA-EN-P

31 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Specialty perators Momentary Contact Flip Lever Devices (Bul. H Type / only) Flip Lever perator H-WKB Contact Type Button Color Legend Marking No Contacts N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. Legend plate can be ordered separately. Refer to accessories section. Locking provision is supplied as standard on red units. Blank C a Finger-Safe Guards No guards Guards on terminals b perator Color Grey Red c perator Types Blank UT STP RAISE START RESET CLSE REVERSE DWN RIGHT EMERG. STP RUN FAST SECND SPEED FRWARD SLW FULL SPEED TEST HIGH THIRD SPEED IN UP INCH JG I LEFT AVANT LW UVRIR LW SPEED ARRIER LWER MARCHE FF ESSAI N ARRET PEN Grey Red Grey Red Grey Red Flip Lever perator H-WKB START No Legend STP No Legend START No Legend STP No Legend START No Legend STP No Legend H WK A Blank D D D D D D A A A A A B DP DP AP BP DY DY AY AY AY BY a b c d d Contact Block(s) No contacts Standard N.. N.C. N..E.M. N.C.L.B. N.. (Mini) N.C. (Mini) N.C.L.B. - N.. N.. N.C. N.C.L.B. - N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Sealed Switch N.. N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C Stackable Sealed Switch N.. N.C. N.. N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C DV DV DV DV AV BV DR DR AR AR AR BR d (cont'd) Flip Lever H-WK H-WK H-WK H-WK H-WKA H-WKA H-WKA H-WKA H-WKB H-WKB H-WKB H-WKB Contact Block(s) PenTUFF (Low Voltage) N.. N.C. N..E.M. N.C.L.B. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. Class, Div. /Zone Logic Reed N.. N.C. N.. N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

32 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Specialty perators Break-Glass Push Button Stations (Bul. T only) Complete Station Contact Type T-N Break-Glass Push Button Station Red push button station in a Type / enclosure incorporates either one or two snap-action contact blocks, which are operated when the small glass window is broken. Includes STP legend. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. T-N T-N Miscellaneous Kits Contact Type N.. - N.C. T-SM Unit nly Kit The break-glass unit less the enclosure is available as a kit to install into the customer s enclosure. The kit includes the contact unit, the hammer and chain and five extra glass discs with one button tack. This kit does not include legend plate. For legend plates, see page -. N.. - N.C. T-SN T-SM N.. - N.C. T-NM Replacement Snap Action Contact Block Kit This kit is used to replace the snap action contact block. N.. - N.C. T-NN T-NM Glass Disc Kit Each replacement kit for break-glass push button units or stations consists of six glass discs and one button tack. T-N T-N Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Break-Glass Station - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

33 Custom-Built Stations Enclosures Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Custom-Built Stations/Enclosures The table on page - lists the most commonly used Bulletin T/H push button stations. Stations not listed in this table may be ordered as custom-built stations. The cat. no. used to identify custom-built Bulletin T push button stations will be cat. no. listed for enclosure only. The letter Z will be substituted for the letter W and a station serial no. will be added. rdering Information The following information is required when ordering custom-built push button stations.. Cat. no. of enclosure.. Cat. no. of control units.. Legend plate cat. no. and/or marking for each unit.. Specify vertical/horizontal mounting.. Specify desired operator mounting sequence. Inclusion of a sketch is recommended. If no information is given, standard configuration will be used. Die Cast (Type /) Surface Mount Flush Mount Pendant Type Sheet Metal (Type ) Die Cast Face Plate (Type /) ne Hole in Bottom (Type ) penings in Cover (Type ) No. of perator penings T-TZ T-TJZ T-ZT T-PZ T-PY T-TZ T-ZT T-TZ T-ZT T-PZ T-PY T-TZ T-ZT T-PZ T-PY T-TZ T-ZT T-PZ T-PY T-PZ T-PY T-TZ T-ZT T-PZ T-PY T-THZ T-TJZ T-ZTH T-PZ T-PY T-PZ T-PY T-TZ T-TJZ T-ZT T-PZ T-PY T-PZ T-PY T-TZ T-TJZ T-ZT T-TZ T-TJZ T-ZT T-TJZ T-TJZ Note: Specialty enclosures available. Please refer to KB Q. Note: Enclosure and conduit dimensions are detailed on page -. Bottom conduit entry. Grounding provision provided. Enclosure depth will accommodate one shallow and one mini-contact block stacked. Add suffix Y to the cat. no. for yellow painted enclosure. Example: T-TZY. ne vertical row. Two vertical rows of three holes. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

34 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Custom-Built Stations/Enclosures Custom-Built Stations (H only) The cat. no. used to identify custom-built Bulletin H push button stations will be cat. no. listed for enclosure only. The letter W is substituted for the letter Z and a station serial no. will be added. Enclosures (H only) rdering Information The following information is required when ordering custom-built push button stations:. Cat. no. of enclosure.. Cat. no. of control units.. Legend plate cat. no. and/or marking for each unit.. Specify vertical/horizontal mounting.. Specify operator mounting sequence that you want. Including a sketch is recommended. If information not given, standard configuration will be used. Stainless Steel H-HZ Rosite Glass Polyester H-HZR Fiberglass H-HZY Thermoplastic Polyester H-HZC Conduit Hubs Stainless Steel (#) Type // Rosite Glass Polyester Type // Conduit penings Fiberglass Type // Thermoplastic Polyester Type / No. of perator penings No. Dia. [in.] No. of perator penings No. Dia. [in.] / H-HZ / H-HZY H-HZC / H-HZ H-HZR H-HZY H-HZC / H-HZRM H-HZY H-HZC H-HZRM H-HZC / H-HZ H-HZR / H-HZM H-HZRM H-HZM H-HZRM / H-HZ H-HZR / H-HZM H-HZRM / H-HZ H-HZR / H-HZM H-HZRM H-HZ H-HZ H-HZR H-HZ H-HZ Note: ther combinations of conduit hub sizes are available upon request. Enclosure and conduit dimensions are detailed on page -. Grounding screw provided with stainless steel enclosure. Extra deep. Accommodates two levels of stackable sealed switch contact blocks. Conduit hubs must be ordered separately. For / in. hub, order -N. For in. hub, order -N. Identical to H-HZ but without mounting holes. No conduit openings provided. Yellow thermoplastic enclosures may be ordered by adding a Y to the cat. no. Example: H-HZC becomes H-HZCY. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

35 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Contact Blocks Packaged in kit form for field installation. All necessary mounting hardware is provided with each contact block kit. Contact ratings are listed on page -. Note: It is not recommended to mount more than four contact blocks on any one non-illuminated operator (maximum two blocks deep). Contact blocks cannot be stacked onto power modules, so illuminated operators are limited to two contact blocks. Sealed switch contact blocks are not stackable and are limited to two blocks per operator. Time delay contacts are only available as one circuit per operator. Shallow Block PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Contact Block Logic Reed Block Sealed Switch Block Stackable Sealed Switch Block Shallow Block PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Block Logic Reed Block Sealed Switch Block Stackable Sealed Switch Block Contact Type N.. T-D D T-DV H T-DR V T-DP R T-DY N.C. T-D E T-DV U T-DR W T-DP S T-DY N..E.M. T-D G T-DV I N.C.L.B. T-D J T-DV Q N.. - N.C. T-A A T-AV F T-AR T T-AP P T-AY N.. T-A M T-AR Y T-AY N.C. T-A N T-AR Z T-AY N.C.L.B. - N.. T-A B N.C.L.B. - N.C. T-A C Note: Modular suffix codes can be used when specifying selector switches with multiple contact blocks. Self Monitoring Contact Block Contact Type N.C.L.B. (wired in series with N.. monitoring contact) S.M.C.B. TC-DS Mini Block Time Delay Block MaxDuty Block Mini Block Time Delay Block MaxDuty Block Contact Type N.. T-D K T-T T-DM N.C. T-D L T-S T-DM N.C.L.B. T-DM Note: Modular suffix codes can be used when specifying selector switches with multiple contact blocks. Contact blocks with normally closed contacts meet direct drive positive opening standard requirements when properly fused to IEC - and -. Shallow/mini contacts: A gl or N type cartridge fuse. PenTUFF contacts: A gl or N type cartridge fuse. Specify Bulletin TC for finger-safe contact blocks. Example: T-A becomes TC-A. T operator using sealed switch and logic reed contact blocks and installed in a suitable enclosure are UL Listed as suitable for use in Class I, Division /Zone hazardous locations. Additional contacts cannot be stacked on A and AR contact blocks. For contact ratings, see page -. For use with -position push-pull or push-pull/twist operators only. Must be mounted on the first level of the operator. The N.. monitoring contact automatically closes when the S.M.C.B. is properly installed onto the operator. If the S.M.C.B. is separated from the operator, the N.. monitoring contact automatically opens. Mounting Screws Screw Retainer Actuator Extender Shallow Contact Block Hardware Contact Block Mounting Screw T-N Screw Retainer T-N Actuator Extender T-N Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

36 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Power Modules Packaged in kit form for field installation. Lamps are listed on page -. Full Voltage Power Module T-N Transformer Power Module T-N Dual Input Power Modules T-N (Transformer) T-NN (Diode) Full Voltage Transformer Dual Input Lamp Voltage Voltage Type Voltage V AC/DC T-N V AC / Hz T-N Transformer V AC T-N V AC / Hz T-N V AC/DC T-NN Diode Type V AC / Hz T-N V AC/DC T-NN V AC / Hz T-NY V AC / Hz T-N V AC/DC T-N V AC / Hz T-N Transformer type dual input provides circuit isolation via a miniature type relay. This module is used in conjunction with a V transformer. Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs and neon indicators. V full voltage module contains % dropping resistors for use with a V incandescent lamp. Specify Bulletin TC for finger-safe power modules. Example: T-N becomes TC-N. Resistor Power Module T-N Resistor (% Drop) Neon Power Module T-N Neon Voltage Voltage V AC/DC T-N V AC/DC V AC/DC Neon modules contain resistors. Specify Bulletin TC for finger-safe power modules. Example: T-N becomes TC-N. Universal LED Module T-N T-N Trigger Action E-Stop Latches Voltage V AC/DC TC-N T-N Illuminated type Non-illuminated type T-N T-N T-N - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

37 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Color Caps Color caps listed below are for field replacement on installed devices or for completion of devices ordered with color caps omitted. Color Push-Pull Push-Pull/Twist Push-Pull Jumbo Push-Pull/Twist Jumbo Push-Pull Color Caps, Illuminated T Push-Pull H Push-Pull T/H Push-Pull/Twist T/H Push-Pull Jumbo T/H Push-Pull/Twist Jumbo Amber T-NA H-NA T-NA T-NA T-NA Blue T-NB H-NB T-NB T-NB T-NB Clear T-NC H-NC T-NC T-NC T-NC Green T-NG H-NG T-NG T-NG T-NG Red T-NR H-NR T-NR T-NR T-NR White T-NW H-NW T-NW T-NW T-NW Illuminated Mushroom Illuminated Jumbo Mushroom Standard Push-to-Test Glass Caps for Pilot Lights Color T/H Push Button Color Caps, Illuminated T/H Pilot Light Color Caps Mushroom Jumbo Mushroom Standard Push-to-Test mm Glass Caps for T Pilot Lights Amber T-NA T-NA T-NA T-N T-NA T-N Blue T-NB T-NB T-NB T-N T-NB T-N Clear T-NC T-NC T-NC T-N T-NC T-N Green T-NG T-NG T-NG T-N T-NG T-N Red T-NR T-NR T-NR T-N T-NR T-N White T-NW T-NW T-NW T-N T-NW T-N Available in bulk quantities of. Add suffix (-BP) to the cat. no. and order in multiples of. Plastic Mushroom Plastic Jumbo Mushroom Padlocking Metal Mushroom Metal Jumbo Mushroom Button Color T Plastic Mushroom H Plastic Mushroom Push Button Color Caps, Non-Illuminated T Plastic Jumbo Mushroom H Plastic Jumbo Mushroom T Padlocking Metal Mushroom T Metal Jumbo Mushroom Red T-NR H-NA T-NR H-NA T-NR T-NR Green T-NG H-NB T-NG H-NB T-NG T-NG Black T-NB H-NH T-NB H-NH T-NB T-NB range T-N H-NF T-N H-NF T-N T-N Grey T-NGR H-NG T-NGR H-NG T-NGR T-NGR Blue T-NBL H-NC T-NBL H-NC T-NBL T-NBL Yellow T-NY H-NE T-NY H-NE T-NY T-NY Natural T-N White T-NW H-NL H-NL For padlocking jumbo mushroom style: change listed cat. no. from to. Example: T-NG becomes T-NG. change listed cat. no. from T-N to T-N. change listed cat. no. from T-N to T-NGR. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

38 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Color Caps, Continued Color caps listed below are for field replacement on installed devices or for completion of devices ordered with color caps omitted. Push-Pull Push-Pull/Twist Push-Pull Jumbo Push-Pull/Twist Jumbo T/H Push-Pull Color Caps, Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Push-Pull/Twist Push-Pull Jumbo Push-Pull/Twist Jumbo Button Color Red T-NA T-NA T-NA T-NA Green T-NB T-NB T-NB T-NB Blue T-NC T-NC T-NC T-NC Yellow T-NE T-NE T-NE T-NE range T-NF T-NF T-NF T-NF Grey T-NG T-NG T-NG T-NG Black T-NH T-NH T-NH T-NH White T-NL T-NL T-NL T-NL Selector Switch Knobs, Illuminated Color Standard Knob T Knob Type Knob Lever H Knob Type Standard Knob Knob Lever Standard Knob Knob Lever Amber T-NA T-NA H-NA H-NA Blue T-NB T-NB H-NB H-NB Clear T-NC T-NC H-NC H-NC Green T-NG T-NG H-NG H-NG Red T-NR T-NR H-NR H-NR White T-NW T-NW H-NW H-NW Selector Switches Standard Knob Lever Coin Slot Wing Lever Item Color Standard White T-NF Knob Kit T-N T Knobs and Actuators for Selector Switches Knob White T-NF Selector switch knobs can be changed in the field. Lever Kit T-N Standard knob and knob levers can be ordered with white inserts or with a packet of colored inserts which Wing Grey T-N includes one insert of each color. Lever Red T-NA Coin Slot Black nly T-N H Knob Standard Knob White H-NF Color Red T-N T/H Green T-N Color Insert Kits Blue T-N Available on Selector switches with removable color inserts. Standard knob and knob levers use the same Yellow T-N insert. If color All is selected, a packet of color inserts White T-N will be furnished which includes one of each color. Color Insert kits can also be ordered with operators at range T-N no additional charge. All T-N - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

39 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Booted Selector Switch Knobs, Non-Illuminated (H only) Insert Material H-NR Material Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Silicone Urethane Ethylene Propylene Brass H-NR H-NR H-NR H-NR Stainless Steel HS-NR HS-NR HS-NR HS-NR Color insert packet ( T-N) is included in each kit. Dots printed on the inside of the boot identify the boot material. Protective Boots Protective Boot for Illuminated Push Buttons H-N H-N Type May be added to guarded units, units without guard or Push-to-Test devices. This protective boot guards Boot without Guard H-N against the entrance of foreign materials reaching the opening between the button and locking ring. Boot with Guard H-N Protective Boots for Non-llluminated Push Buttons Boots supplied with control stations and components are made of a chlorosulfonated polyethylene material with stainless steel insert ring. To order boots with silicone, urethane, or ethylene propylene material, see the table below. Material application information shown below. Insert Material Stainless steel H-NA Material Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Silicone Urethane Ethylene Propylene Boot Color Red H-NA H-NR H-NR H-NR Green H-NB H-NG H-NG H-NG Black H-NH H-NB H-NB H-NB Yellow H-NE H-NY H-NY Blue H-NC H-NBL H-NBL May be added to flush or extended head push button units to protect against foreign materials reaching the opening between the button and the locking ring. Series B boots incorporate a stainless steel insert as standard. Dots printed on the inside of the boot identify the boot material. Protective Boot Application Information Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene (synthetic rubber) Very resistant to attack by oxidizing chemicals such as concentrated sulfuric acid and hypochlorite solutions. Also resistant to attack by oils and performs well in a wide range of other chemicals and solvents. Good flex and high impact resistance. This is the standard boot material supplied with H NEMA Type / push buttons unless otherwise specified. Silicone Superior high temperature resistance. Particularly suited for use where organic acids or vegetable oils may be present. Also superior resistance to the effects of outdoor use, such as oxygen, ozone, and weather. Urethane Excellent resistance to mechanical failure. Most durable boot material. Particularly suited for use where lubricating oils and automotive fuels may be present. Also well-suited for outdoor use. Ethylene-propylene Particularly suited for high temperature applications. Resistant to attack by many acids and alkalies, detergents, phosphate esters, ketones, alcohols, and glycols. utstanding service in areas with hot water and steam wash downs. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

40 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Potentiometer Replacement Knobs Type / (T) -- Type // (H) -- Push Buttons T-N (perators not included) T-N Bul. T/H Mechanical Interlock Used on momentary contact push button units. Guards against closing the N.. contacts of one button while the other button s N.. contacts are closed. Buttons remain momentary. For maintained units, see page -. Bul. T Rocker Arm perating Lever The rocker arm lever operates two flush head or one flush with one extended head momentary contact push button units spaced -/ in. (. mm) center-to-center. Legend plates must be ordered separately and should be inverted prior to engraving and installation. T-N T-N Miscellaneous T-N T-NRE T-N Bul. T/H Mounting Ring Wrench This wrench will simplify tightening or loosening the octagonal mounting ring used on Bul. T units. This wrench is double-ended and can be used for mm and mm pilot light mounting rings. Bul. T/H Jumbo Push-Pull Cap For use on Bul. T or H push-pull operators. Fits on illuminated and non-illuminated devices. Bul. T mm Red Anodized Aluminum Cap For use on Bul. T non-illuminated push-pull devices. Bul. T mm Red Anodized Aluminum Cap with "E-Stop" For use on Bul. T non-illuminated push-pull devices. Bul. T mm Gold Anodized Aluminum Cap For use on Bul. T non-illuminated push-pull devices. Bul. T Bonding Bracket The bonding bracket establishes an electrical circuit between the mounting surface and metal operator bushing for grounding purposes; recommended for installations which require CSA approval. Necessary mounting hardware is included. rder T-N for back-of-panel bracket. rder T-NF for front-of-panel bracket. T-N T-NRE T-NR T-NRE T-NGL T-N T-NF E-ALR Bul. T/H Lens/Bulb Removal Tool The small end of this tool provides quick and easy removal of any incandescent or LED lamp. F-ALR - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

41 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Miscellaneous, Continued T-N Bul. T/H IEC Finger-Safe Terminal Guards Snap-on accessories which provide IEC, IP and VGB finger-safe protection. Single terminal guards for single circuit contact blocks, full voltage modules, LED modules, etc. (T-D, -D, -D, -D, -D, - D, -AP, -DP, -DP, -PC, and -QC ) Note: Must be ordered in multiples of pieces. T-N T-N IEC Finger-Safe Accessories T-N T-N Transformer covers for transformer only. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of pieces. Multi-terminal side cover for use on single or double circuit contact blocks. (T-A, -A, -A, -A, -A, -AR, -AR, -AR, - DR, and -DR) Note: Must be ordered in multiples of pieces. Grey Bul. T Trim Washer Used to mount the operator properly when a legend plate is not being used. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of pieces. Plastic Bul. H Trim Washer Used to mount the operator properly when a legend plate is not being used. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of pieces. Metal Bul. T Thrust Washer Used to prevent rotation of operators in a keyed or notched hole. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of pieces. T-N T-N T-N H-N T-N Plastic Bul. H Thrust Washer Used to prevent rotation of operators in a keyed or notched hole. Note: Must be ordered in multiples of pieces. H-N T-N Bul. T Etching Fluid Used to blacken freshly engraved aluminum legend plates. T-N T-N Color Bul. T/H Closing Button Where an enclosure or flush plate with more than the required number of openings is used, this neat-appearing button can be supplied to close the unused openings. Grey T-N T-N Black T-NB Power modules excluding transformers and dual inputs Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

42 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Locking Attachments Bul. T Extended Head Push Button Padlocking Attachments Permits locking in the depressed position. Locks the normally closed contact in the open position. For extended head non-illuminated momentary push buttons. T-N T-N (Padlock not included) T-N (Padlock not included) Bul. T Flush Head Push Button Padlocking Attachments Permits locking in the depressed position. Locks the normally closed contact in the open position. For flush head push button. T-N Bul. T Momentary Mushroom Padlocking Attachments For Bul. T non-illuminated momentary mushroom push button. Requires use of T-N mushroom cap. This device is used to lock the mushroom button in a depressed position. T-N T-N (Padlock not included) Bul. T/H Push-Pull Padlocking Attachment For -position push-pull and push-pull/twist release illuminated and nonilluminated operators. Use on standard head only ( mm dia.). Locks the normally closed contacts open only. Conversion of normally closed late break contacts to standard normally closed contacts are recommended when using this accessory. Made of stainless steel. T-N T-N (Padlock not included) T-N (Padlock not included) Bul. T/H Padlocking Cover Guards against unauthorized operation for non-illuminated, standard knob selector switches and potentiometers. Stainless steel and clear plastic construction. Bul. T/H Trigger Action Padlocking Attachment For -position trigger action E-stops with mm heads. T-N T-N - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

43 Locking Attachments, Continued H-N (Padlock not included) T-N (Padlock not included) H-NR (Padlock not included) T-NA (Padlock not included) H-NJ (Padlock not included) H-NL (Padlock not included) Diameter of hasp is / in. (. mm) Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Bul. T/H Padlocking Cover Guards against unauthorized operation. For non-illuminated push buttons, -position pushpull or twist-release units, and standard knob selector switches. When applying H-N on -position maintained push-pull units, cover will lock only when the button is in depressed position. Padlocking cover includes blank legend plate for customer marking. Note: A pre-marked legend plate is available.the words PEN CVER T PERATE are on the front and PULL-T-START-PUSH-T-STP are on the rear. To order legend plate only, specify H-WL. Bul. T - and -Position Non-illuminated Selector Switch Padlocking Attachment Standard Knob Padlocking guard for - and -position selector switches with standard knob operators only. Locks selector switch in any maintained position. Accessories H-N T-N Position Left H-NL Center H-NC Bul. H - and -Position Selector Switch with Padlocking Guards Padlocking guard for - and -position selector switches with standard knob operators only. Right H-NR Bul. T -Position Selector Switch Attachment Standard Knob Kit includes selector switch and guard (padlock not included). Padlocking guard for -position selector switches with standard knob operators only. Locks selector switch in any maintained position. All H-NA T-NA Position For - and -Position Selector Switches Left T-NL Center T-NC Right T-NR Bul. T/H Non-Illuminated Selector Switch Padlocking Attachment -, -, and -position selector switch padlocking attachments. Can be used to lock operators in a desired position. For - position selector switches, this device can also be used to lock out a left or right position as shown in the photo to the left. Bul. T/H Illuminated Selector Switch Padlocking Attachment - and -position selector switch padlocking attachments for illuminated selector switches. Stainless steel material Window Center through Right - Prevent Left peration T-NJ Window Center through Left - Prevent Right peration T-NK For -Position Selector Switches Left (Pos. ) T-NL Center Left (Pos. ) T-NCL Center Right (Pos. ) T-NCR Right (Pos. ) T-NR For -Position Selector Switches Left Right T-NL T-NR For -Position Selector Switches Left Center Right Window Center through Right - Prevent Left peration Window Center through Left - Prevent Right peration T-NL T-NC T-NR T-NJ T-NK Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

44 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Guards T-N Type in. guard for non-illuminated T-N / in. guard for non-illuminated T-N Bul. T Push Button Guards Momentary push button guards to reduce the risk of accidental operation. -/ in. guard for illuminated T-N -/ in. guard for non-illuminated with locking attachment T-N Bul. H Illuminated Push Button Guard This guard provides additional protection against accidental operation of the push button unit. -/ in. (. mm) guard for illumination units. H-N H-N T-N Bul. T mm Guard Provides side protection for mm pilot lights. T-N Bul. H Stainless Steel Guard Used on non-illuminated push buttons that have protective boots as shown on page -. H-N H-N Bul. T Mushroom Push Button Guards Momentary mushroom guards for standard and jumbo mushroom push buttons. Reduces the risk of accidental operation. Standard guard Standard guard with set screw Jumbo guard T-N T-N T-N T-N Jumbo guard with set screw T-N Type of Finish Bul. T/H Protective Guard Protective ring for Bul. T -position push-pull operators. Illuminated or non-illuminated. ften used to avoid unintentional tripping of E-stop operators. This guard is used with standard size button ( mm dia.). Stainless steel T-N Cat. Nos. T-N and T-N Black T-N perator Size Bul. T/H Jumbo Protective Guard Protective ring for Bul. T -position push-pull operators. Illuminated or non-illuminated. ften used to avoid unintentional tripping of E-stop operators. mm (Jumbo) T-NJ T-NJ mm T-NL Bul. T/H mm T-N T-N Protective Guard Protective ring for Bul. T trigger action E-stop operators. / mm T-NL Bul. T/H Ramp Guard For Bul. T/H - and -position illuminated and non-illuminated push-pull units. Standard size button only ( mm dia.). T-N T-N - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

45 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Lamps Pilot Lights, Illuminated Push Buttons, Illuminated Push-Pull, Illuminated Push-Pull/Twist to Release, and Illuminated Selector Switches Lamp Type Current, Typical Lamp Voltage ANSI No. Catalog Voltage Incandescent Full Voltage,,,,,, ma/ ma.v AC / Transformer T-N ma V AC/DC T-N Full Voltage ma V AC/DC T-N ma V AC/DC T-N Full Voltage Resistor ma V AC/DC, T-N Flashing ma V AC/DC T-N Dual Input Diode ma V AC/DC MB T-N ma V AC MB T-N Neon ma V AC/DC BA, -N Lamp Type Current, Typical Lamp Voltage Leakage Current LED Universal V DC. V AC V ma T-Nx Transformer V ma,,, T-Nx Item is sold in multiples of. rder quantity of to receive package of pieces. To complete the cat. no. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Green, Red, or White. Typical current consumption values indicated are relative to the input of the power module. Lamp is intended for use with power module TC-N which has an input voltage rating of V AC/DC. Legacy LED Lamps Lamp Type Current, Typical Lamp Voltage Leakage Current Catalog Voltage LED ma/ ma V AC/DC ma T-Nx ma/ ma V AC/DC ma T-Nx Full Voltage ma/ ma V AC/DC ma T-Nx ma/ ma V AC/DC ma T-Nx. ma/ ma V AC T-Nx. ma/. ma V AC/DC ma T-Nx Transformer ma V AC ma,,,,,, T-Nx Flashing ma V AC/DC N/A T-NFx In full voltage applications, these lamps are intended to be used with power module T-N. All LEDs except V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. LEDs will not illuminate below listed leakage current. Typical current draw varies with LED color. The first ma value is for a green or blue LED and the second ma value is for a red or amber LED. To complete the cat. no. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Amber, Green, Red, Blue, or White. White LEDs only available in V, V, V, and V. Flashing rate is Hz. Cluster Pilot Lights Lamp Type Current, Typical Lamp Voltage ANSI No. Incandescent Full Voltage Transformer ma V AC/DC T-N Full Voltage ma V AC/DC T-N ma V AC/DC T-N Lamp Type Current, Typical Lamp Voltage Polarity LED Full Voltage Transformer ma V AC/DC Positive T-Nx Full Voltage ma V AC/DC Positive T-Nx ma V AC/DC Bi-Polar T-Nx Item is sold in multiples of. rder quanitity of to receive package of pieces. To complete the cat. no., replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Amber, Green, or Red only. For use with V AC/DC rated devices. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

46 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Keys for Cylinder Lock -, -, and -Position Selector Switches (T only) Cylinder Lock Key ption Series Key Number Cylinder Lock Key ption Series Key Number Blank (standard key) D (standard key) - T -- D - T -- D - T -- D - T -- D - T -- D - T -- D - T -- D - T -- D - T -- D - T -- D - T -- D - T -- D - Uses master key DM, AB -. Uses master key T, AB -. Replacement Keys for Push Button Switches with Cylinder Locks (T only) Lock Key ption Spring Bolt Dead Bolt A Dead Bolt B Series Key Number Blank (standard key) Blank (standard key) Blank (standard key) E (standard key) - E - E - E - E - E - E - E - E - E - E - E - E -- E -- E -- E -- E -- E -- - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

47 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Blank and Custom Legend Plates Aluminum, Type / (T) Blank/Custom Legend Plates Standard Legend Plate Jumbo Legend Plate Standard Jumbo Legend Plate Color Grey T- T-J Red T- T-J Yellow T- T-J Grey (with custom text) T-E T-JE Red (with custom text) T-E T-JE Yellow (with custom text) T-E T-JE Specialty Legend Plates Automotive Legend Plate Half Round Legend Plate Automotive Half Round Legend Plate Color Grey (blank) T- T- Red (blank) T- T- Grey (with custom text) T-E T-E Red (with custom text) T-E T-E Note: Include text with custom legends. All half round legend plates must be ordered in quantities of. Custom Text Guidelines Legend Size No. of Lines Max. No. of Characters per Line Standard line of lines of Jumbo lines Automotive lines Custom Legend Plates for -Way Toggle and Cluster Pilot Lights Legend Size Color Text ptions Standard T-E Aluminum (with custom text) lines of up to characters on top line of up to characters on bottom vertical line of up to characters on left side vertical line of up to characters on right side vertical line of up to characters on left side vertical line of up to characters on right side Rule sets listed are mutually exclusive; only one can be chosen. For blank toggle or cluster pilot legend, order T-. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

48 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Blank and Custom Legend Plates Aluminum, Type / (T), Continued Specialty Legend Plates T- T-Y T- Start/Stop Legend Plates Emergency Stop Legend Plates Grey Yellow Yellow (Large Size) Yellow IEC Ring Type Push-to-Stop Pull-to-Start or T- T-Y T-Y Push-to-Stop Twist or Pull Release Blank T-Y T- Custom T-YE Emergency Stop T-EM Potentiometer Legend Plates T- T- Type Potentiometer with graduated markings T- SPEED T- For graduated markings with a custom text, order T-E and specify up to two lines of text, characters per line. mm Legend Plates Type A Legend Plate T-N Type A Type B Blank T-N T-N With Custom Marking Text must be supplied. Type A with Text Type B with Text T-NE T-NE Custom Text Guidelines Legend Type Number of Lines Maximum Number of Characters per Line A B - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

49 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Standard Legend Plates Aluminum, Type / (Bul. T) Marking Standard Legend Plate Standard Jumbo Jumbo Legend Plate Standard Marking AUT-FF-HAND T- T-J N-FF T- T-J AUT-MAN-FF T- T-J PEN T- T-J CLSE T- T-J PEN-CLSE T- T-J CYCLE START T- T-J PEN-FF-CLSE T- T-J DWN T- T-J UT T- T-J EMERG. STP (Yellow) T-Y PWER N T- T-J EMERG. STP (Red) T- T-J RAISE T- T-J EMERGENCY STP (Red) Jumbo T- T-J RAISE-LWER T- T-J FAST T- T-J RAISE-FF-LWER T- T-J FEED START T- T-J RESET T- T-J FEED STP T- T-J REVERSE T- T-J FR.-REV. T- T-J RUN T- T-J FR.-FF-REV. T- T-J RUN-INCH T- T-J FRWARD T- T-J RUN-JG T- T- FURTH SPEED T- T-J SAFE-RUN T- T-J FULL SPEED T- T-J SECND SPEED T- T-J HAND-AUT T- T-J SPEED T- HAND-FF-AUT T- T-J SLW T- T-J HIGH T- T-J SLW-FAST T- T-J HIGH-LW T- T-J SLW-FF-FAST T- T-J HIGH-FF-LW T- T-J START T- T-J IN T- T-J START-JG T- T-J INCH T- T-J START-STP T- T-J JG T- T-J STP (Red) T- T-J JG FRWARD T- T-J STP-START T- T-J JG REVERSE T- T-J SUMMER-FF-WINTER T- T-J JG RUN T- T-J SUMMER-WINTER T- T-J JG-SAFE-RUN T- T-J TEST T- T-J JG-STP-RUN T- T-J THIRD SPEED T- T-J LEFT-RIGHT T- T-J UP T- T-J LCAL-REMTE T- T-J UP-DWN T- T-J LW T- T-J UP-FF-DWN T- T-J LW SPEED T- T-J (Red) T- T-J LWER T- T-J I T- T-J FF T- T-J I T- T-J FF-CLANT-N T- T-J I II T- T-J FF-N T- T-J N T- T-J These legend plates do not comply with E-Stop standards that specify a yellow background, such as IEC -- and NFPA. Potentiometer type with graduated markings. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

50 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plates Plastic, Type // (H) Standard Legend Plate H-W Legend Plate Color Jumbo Legend Plate H-WJ Blank/Custom Legend Plates Type / Automotive Legend Plate H-WA Standard Jumbo Automotive Grey (Blank) H-W H-WJ H-WA Red (Blank) H-W H-WJ H-WA White (Blank) H-W H-WJ H-WA Yellow (Blank) H-W H-WJ H-WA Grey (with Custom Text) H-WE H-WJE H-WAE Red (with Custom Text) H-WE H-WJE H-WAE White (with Custom Text) H-WE H-WJE H-WAE Yellow (with Custom Text) H-WE H-WJE H-WAE Note: Include text with custom legends. Custom Text Guidelines Legend Size Number of Lines Maximum Number of Characters per Line Standard Line of Lines of Jumbo Lines Automotive Lines Potentiometer Legend Plate H-W Legend Marking Graduated Markings nly SPEED Custom Legend with Graduated Marking Potentiometer Legends H-W H-W H-WE H-W H-WA H-W Start/Stop Legend Plates Emergency Stop Legend Plates Grey Yellow (Large Size) Yellow IEC Ring Type Push-to-Stop Pull-to-Start H-W H-WA Blank H-WA H-W Custom H-WE H-WAE - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

51 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Standard Legend Plates Plastic, Type // (H) Marking Grey Legend Plate Type / Grey Type / White Type / White Legend Plate Type / Grey Type / White Type / Marking AUT FF HAND H-W H-W LWER H-W H-W AUT MAN FF H-W H-W MAN AUT H-W H-W CLSE H-W H-W MAN FF AUT H-W H-W CYCLE START H-W H-W MTR RUN H-W H-W CYCLE STP (Red) H-W MTR STP (Red) H-W DECREASE H-W H-W FF H-W H-W DWN H-W H-W FF CLANT N H-W H-W EMERG. STP (Red) H-W FF LC REMTE H-W EMERGENCY STP (Red) H-W FF MAN AUT H-W H-W FAST H-W H-W FF N H-W H-W FEED START H-W N H-W H-W FEED STP (Red) H-W PEN H-W H-W FR. REV. H-W H-W PEN CLSE H-W H-W FR. FF REV. H-W H-W PEN FF CLSE H-W H-W FRWARD H-W H-W UT H-W H-W FURTH SPEED H-W PWER N H-W H-W FULL SPEED H-W H-W PULL-T-START H-W HAND AUT H-W H-W PUSH-T-STP (Red) H-W HAND FF AUT H-W H-W RAISE H-W H-W HIGH H-W H-W RAISE LWER H-W HIGH LW H-W RAISE FF LWER H-W H-W HIGH LW FF H-W RESET H-W H-W HIGH FF LW H-W H-W REVERSE H-W H-W IN H-W H-W RIGHT H-W H-W INCH H-W H-W RUN H-W H-W INCREASE H-W RUN INCH H-W JG H-W H-W RUN JG H-W JG FRWARD H-W H-W SAFE RUN H-W JG REVERSE H-W H-W SECND SPEED H-W H-W JG RUN H-W H-W SLW H-W H-W JG SAFE RUN H-W SLW FAST H-W H-W JG STP RUN H-W SLW FF FAST H-W H-W LEFT H-W H-W SPEED H-W H-W LEFT RIGHT H-W SPEED H-W LC FF REMTE H-W H-W START H-W H-W LW H-W H-W START JG H-W H-W LW HIGH H-W START JG STP H-W H-W LW FF HIGH H-W START RUN STP H-W LW SPEED H-W H-W START STP H-W H-W These legend plates do not comply with E-Stop standards that specify a yellow background, such as IEC -- and NFPA. Potentiometer type with graduated markings. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

52 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Accessories Standard Legend Plates Plastic, Type // (H) Marking Grey Legend Plate Type / Grey Type / White Type / White Legend Plate Type / Grey Type / White Type / Marking UP H-W H-W STP (Red) H-W UP DWN H-W STP RUN START H-W UP FF DWN H-W H-W STP START H-W H-W (Red) H-W SUMMER FF WINTER H-W H-W I H-W H-W SUMMER WINTER H-W H-W I H-W H-W TEST H-W H-W I II H-W H-W THIRD SPEED H-W H-W Flip Lever Legend Plates (for use with Series D operators) Marking Grey Type / Grey Type / Grey Type / Marking Marking Blank H-W LW H-W RUN H-W Customer-Specified H-WE BAS H-WF EN MARCHE H-WF characters max. CLSE H-W LW SPEED H-W SECND SPEED H-W FERMER H-WF VITESSE MIN H-WF VITESSE H-WF DWN H-W LWER H-W SLW H-W DESCENDRE H-WF ABAISSER H-WF LENT H-WF FAST H-W FF H-W START H-W RAPIDE H-WF ARRÊTER H-WF MARCHE H-WF FRWARD H-W N H-W TEST H-W AVANT H-WF DÉMARRER H-WF ESSAI H-WF FULL SPEED H-W PEN H-W THIRD SPEED H-W VITESSE MA H-WF UVRIR H-WF VITESSE H-WF HIGH H-W UT H-W I H-W HAUT H-WF SRTIR H-WF H-W IN H-W RAISE H-W LEFT H-W ENTRER H-WF ÉLEVER H-WF GAUCHE H-WF INCH H-W RESET H-W RIGHT H-W PUCE H-WF RÉARMER H-WF DRITE H-WF JG H-W REVERSE H-W UP H-W À CUPS H-WF ARRIERE H-WF EN HAUT H-WF characters max. Marking Blank Customer-Specified EMERG. STP ARRÊT URGENT STP ARRET Red Type / H-W H-WE H-W H-WF H-W H-WF H-W - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

53 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Mounting Instructions for Push Buttons with Shallow Blocks, Mini Blocks, Logic Reed Blocks, Sealed Switch Blocks, and Time Delay Blocks (see footnotes for exceptions) Dia. Drill Dia. Drill Dia. Dia. Change to -/ in. (. mm) for transformer type pilot light, push-to-test pilot lights, illuminated selector switches, and all push-pull buttons. Note: Large legend plate requires minimum horizontal spacing of -/ in. (. mm). Vertical minimum spacing dimension changes for the following legend plates: jumbo -/ in. (. mm); large -/ in. (. mm); cluster pilot light and -, -, -way switches -/ in. (. mm). Panel Thickness Kits are shipped with three / in. (. mm) gaskets. Refer to table below for number of washers required for various panel thicknesses. / in. (. mm) ( Gauge) Sketch illustrates the minimum distance between centerlines when mounting Bulletin T/H controls either side-by-side, facing each other, or one above the other. When control units are mounted so that the contact block terminals face each other, the -/ in. (. mm) dimension must be used in order to get proper electrical clearance. When control units are mounted so that the contact block terminals do not face each other, the -/ in. (. mm) dimension can be used. Typical Panel Cut-ut / in. (. mm) ( Gauge) / in. (. mm) ( Gauge) / in. (. mm) Panel T washers washers washer Thicker Than / in. (. mm) Panel Counterbore to / in. (. mm) H washers washers washers washer Thicker Than / in. (. mm) Panel Counterbore to / in. (. mm) Counterbore to / in. (. mm) Mounting Instructions for mm Small Pilot Lights Type A Legend Plate Preferred Construction Alternate Construction Type B Legend Plate Dia. Drill Vertical Minimum Ø Minimum Minimum Ø Horizontal Minimum T-N Device T-PS, PSD, PST, QS, QST and RST T-PSDT Dimensions Horizontal / (.) -/ (.) Vertical -/ (.) -/ (.) Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

54 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Legend Plate Dimensions (Bul. T nly) Standard Legend Plate Jumbo Legend Plate Large Legend Plate (Automotive Industry Type) Large Size Push-Pull/Twist Legend Plate T- For panel mounting only. Not for use with Allen-Bradley enclosures. Round T- Cluster Pilot Light and -- Way Switch Silver Legend Plate T- Legend Plate Dimensions (Bul. H nly) Type / Standard Legend Plate Type / Jumbo Legend Plate Type / Large Legend Plate (Automotive Industry Type) -/ (.) / (.) Type / Round Type / Standard Legend Plate (Flip Lever perators) Legend Plate Dimensions (Bul. T mm Pilot Lights nly) Legend Plate for Small Pilot Light Type A Legend Legend Plate for Small Pilot Light Type B Legend T-N T-N (Automotive Industry Type) - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

55 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Blocks (Bul. T nly) Mini Contact Block / (.) Deep Shallow, PenTUFF, and Logic Reed Contact Blocks -/ (.) Deep Sealed Switch Block (.) Deep Tandem Mounting ( shallow contact blocks stacked) Stackable Sealed Switch Block. (.) Deep Time Delay Contact Block (For Push Buttons nly) Snap Action Contact Block (For Push Button nly) Dimension shown is for push buttons. Selector switch dimension is -/ in. (. mm). Dimension shown is for push buttons. Selector switch dimension is -/ in. (. mm). Dimension shown is for push buttons. Selector switch dimension is -/ in. (. mm). Blocks (Bul. H nly) Mini Contact Block Sealed Switch Block (.) Deep Stackable Sealed Switch Block. (.) Deep Shallow, PenTUFF and Logic Reed Contact Blocks Dim. Momentary Push Button Maintained Push Button Selector Switch A (.) (.) -/ (.) perator Extension Behind Panel When mounted with thrust washer, trim washer, or notched legend plate and correct number of rubber washers. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

56 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Push Buttons and Switches (Bul. T nly) -- Way Switch Shipping Wt. with Contact Blocks oz (. kg) Shipping Wt. with Contact Blocks -/ oz (. kg) Push Buttons and Pilot Lights Mechanically Interlocked Maintained Contact Push Button Shipping Wt. lb (. kg) Ø Extended Head nly Flush and Extended Head Push Button Shipping Wt. -/ oz (. kg) Mushroom Head Push Button Shipping Wt. -/ oz (. kg) Non-Illuminated Knob Lever and Standard Knob Selector Switch Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) Illuminated Knob Lever and Standard Knob Selector Switch Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) Except jumbo which is -/ (.). Wing Lever Selector Switch Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) Coin Slot Selector Switch Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) perator Extension in Front of Panel (Bul. T nly) Key perated Selector Switch Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) Push Button with Cylinder Lock Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) Wobble Stick Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) Dia. Across Flats Across Corners Selector Push Button Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) Type J Potentiometer Unit Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

57 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Push Buttons and Switches (Bul. H nly) Across Corners Across Flats Extended Head nly Ø Across Corners Across Flats Bootless Flush and Extended Head Momentary Contact Push Button Shipping Weight. -/ oz (. kg) Booted Flush and Extended Head Momentary Contact Push Button Shipping Weight. -/ oz (. kg) Standard Knob Selector Switch Non-Illuminated Shipping Weight. oz (. kg) Bootless Maintained Contact Push Buttons Ø Across Flats Booted Maintained Contact Push Buttons Shipping Weight. lb (. kg) Type J Potentiometer Unit Shipping Weight. oz (. kg) Across Corners Type Flip Lever Shipping Weight. oz (. kg) Ø Mushroom Head Maintained and Momentary Non-Illuminated Mushroom and Push-Pull Push Buttons Suffix Dimensions Shipping Weights D A, A and A B Jumbo versions are -/ (.). ne Shallow Block Two Shallow blocks Two Shallow Blocks and Two Mini Blocks A A B -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) oz (. kg) oz (. kg) oz (. kg) Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

58 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Pilot Light and Illuminated Devices (Bul. T nly) Full Voltage, Neon and Dual Input Pilot Light Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) Transformer Type Pilot Light Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) Cluster Pilot Light Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) Dual Input Transformer Type Pilot Light Transformer Type (Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Push Button) Full Voltage, Neon and Dual Input Type (Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Push Button) Ø Ø Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Units (Transformer Type Illuminated) Jumbo mushroom versions are -/ in. (. mm) diameter. Suffix D A and A AP DP DP Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Illuminated Push Buttons and Illuminated Push-Pull Buttons Transformer or Terminal Module and ne Shallow Contact Block Transformer or Terminal Module and ne Shallow Block and ne Mini Contact Block Transformer or Terminal Module and ne Sealed Switch Contact Block A B A Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Units (Full Voltage, Neon and Dual Input Illuminated and All Non-Illuminated) Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Buttons Transformer Type Full Voltage or Neon Type Transformer Type Dim. Ship. Wt. Dim. Ship. Wt. Suffix Dim. Ship. Wt. -/ (.) -/ () -/ () oz. (. kg) oz. (. kg) oz. (. kg) Applies to illuminated push-pull push buttons only. Dual input type pilot light dimension is -/ in. (. mm). mm Small Pilot Lights B A B A -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) oz. (. kg) oz. (. kg) oz. (. kg) D A A A B ne Shallow Contact Block Two Shallow Contact Blocks Two Shallow Blocks and Two Mini Contact Blocks A A B -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () oz. (. kg) oz. (. kg) oz. (. kg) A Small Pilot Light Including Push-To-Test Shipping Weight oz (. kg) Device A B C T-PS, -PSD, -PST, -QS, -QST, and -RST T-PSDT C -/ (.) -/ () -/ () -/ (.) / (.) / (.) Small Pilot Light Dual Input (Diode) Shipping Weight oz (. kg) Transfer dual input pilot light dimension is -/ in. (. mm). - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

59 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Devices (Bul. H nly) Ø Ø Transformer Type Pilot Light (Incandescent and LED) Shipping Weight. oz (. kg) Across Corners Full Voltage and Dual Input Diode Type Pilot Light (Incandescent, Neon, LED) Shipping Weight. oz (. kg) Across Corners Dual Input Transformer Type Pilot Light Shipping Weight. oz (. kg) Ø Across Flats Across Flats Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Push Button (Transformer Type: Incandescent, LED) Push-to-Test Pilot Light and Illuminated Push Button (Full Voltage: Incandescent, LED, Neon; and Dual Input Type) Momentary Mushroom, Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Units (Transformer Type: Incandescent, LED; Illuminated) Ø Momentary Mushroom, Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Units (Full Voltage: Incandescent, LED, Neon; and Dual Input Illuminated) Suffix D A and A AP Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Illuminated Push Buttons, Illuminated Push-Pull and Twist or Pull Release Push Buttons Transformer Type Full Voltage or Neon Type Dimension Shipping Weight Dimension Shipping Weight Transformer or Terminal Module and ne Shallow Contact Block Transformer or Terminal Module, ne Shallow Block and ne Mini Contact Block Transformer or Terminal Module and ne Sealed Switch Contact Block Jumbo mushroom versions are -/ in. (. mm) diameter. Applies to illuminated push-pull push buttons only. Dual input type pilot light dimension is -/ in. (. mm). Dual input type pilot light dimension is -/ in. (. mm). A B B -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) oz. (. kg) oz. (. kg) oz. (. kg) A B B -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) oz. (.kg) oz. (. kg) oz. (. kg) Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

60 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Accessories Ø Push Button Padlocking Cover (not for use with Jumbo Mushroom Head devices) Shipping Wt. oz (. kg) Selector Switch and Potentiometer Unit Padlocking Cover Protective Ring and Push-Pull Illuminated or Non-Illuminated perators Selector Switch Padlocking Attachment Push-Pull Padlocking Attachment and Metal Mushroom Push Button Padlocking Attachment Ramp Guard for Push-Pull Illuminated or Non-Illuminated perators Accessories (Bul. H nly) Shackle Dia. / Min. / (.) Max. Padlock Not Included Shackle Dia. / Min. / Max. Padlock Not Included Locking Attachment for Extended, Non-Illuminated Push Buttons H-N Locking Cover for -Position Non-Illuminated Maintained Twist or Pull Release and Standard Knob Selector Switch (-/ (.) Mushroom Head only) Protective Ring for -Position Push-Pull/Twist Illuminated or Non-Illuminated perators Non-Illuminated Selector Switch Padlocking Adjustment Push-Pull/Twist Padlocking Attachment - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

61 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Die Cast Enclosures (Bul. T nly) Dim. A B Enclosure Dimensions No. of Units -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) Note: Mounting holes () Screw shaft / in. (. mm) max. diameter. Dim. A B C D Enclosure Dimensions No. of Units -/ (.) (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) Note: Mounting holes () Screw shaft / in. (. mm) max. diameter. F Dimension Push Buttons Selector Switches Type of Unit Flush Extended Extended Mushroom Selector Cylinder Lock Standard Cylinder Lock Coin Slot Dimension F / (.) / (.) (.) / (.) -/ () -/ (.) -/ (.) / (.) Pilot Light -/ (.) Potentiometers -/ () Conduit penings General Class Surface Mounted Enclosure Die Cast No. of Units... / in. N.P.T. Number of units that can be mounted in the enclosure. in. -/ N.P.T. in. -/ N.P.T. in. -/ N.P.T. -/ in. -/ N.P.T. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

62 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Enclosures (Bul. T nly), Continued Pendant Stations Sheet Metal Enclosures F Dimension No. of Units Conduit penings General Class Surface Mounted Enclosure Pendant Type Enclosure Dimension A -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) Push Buttons Selector Switches Sheet Metal with pening in Bottom with pening in Cover Type of Unit Number of units that can be mounted in the enclosure. Dim. A B C D Flush Extended Extended Mushroom Selector Cylinder Lock Standard Cylinder Lock Coin Slot Enclosure Dimensions No. of Units -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) () -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) Note: Mounting holes () Screw shaft / in. (. mm) max. diameter. Dimension F / (.) / (.) (.) / (.) -/ () -/ (.) -/ (.) / (.) Pilot Light -/ (.) Potentiometers -/ () No. of Units... None Drilled to suit by customer. No. of Units (.) Conduit Hub -/ (.) Conduit Hub (.) Conduit Hub -/ (.) Conduit Hub - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

63 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Enclosures (Bul. H nly) Mtg. Holes Max. Max. Type // Stainless Steel Watertight, iltight, Corrosion Resistant Enclosure Mtg. Holes Type // Rosite Glass Polyester Watertight, iltight, Corrosion Resistant Enclosure Dimension A B Type // Stainless Steel Number of Units -/ () -/ (.) (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) C Conduit Knockout Size Pipe Tap Size Approximate Shipping Wt. [lbs (kg)] Dimension A B C Conduit Knockout Size Pipe Tap Size Approximate Shipping Wt. [lbs (kg)] -/ (.) -/ (.) / (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) Type // Rosite Number of Units -/ (.) (.) -/ () -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () / (.) -/ (.) (.) (.) (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) -/ (.) (.) Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

64 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Enclosures (Bul. H nly), Continued Dimension A x B x C D x E Conduit Knockout Size Approximate Shipping Wt. [lb (kg)] Fiberglass Type /// Number of Units -/ x -/ x (. x. x.) -/ x (. x.) / (.) (.) -/ x -/ x (. x. x.) -/ x (. x.) (.) / (.) -/ x -/ x (. x. x.) -/ x (. x.) (.) (.) - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

65 Bulletin T/H. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Enclosures (Bul. H nly), Continued BASE CVER TP VIEW -insert M F B W. mm (. in.) SIDE VIEW KEY Thermoplastic Polyester Type / H-HZ H-HZ H-HZ H-HZ G E A H verall Dimension C D Inside Dimension C D Enclosure Mounting Dimension H W D D A B C C E F G (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.). (.). (.). (.). (.). (.). (.). (.). (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) (.) Mounting Plate Mounting Dim. (.) (.) (.) (.) Typical Pilot Light Wiring Diagrams See applicable codes and laws NRMAL NRMAL TEST CM TEST Push-to-Test Pilot Light Device Schematic Dual Input Diode Pilot Light Device Schematic TEST NRMAL TEST Dual Input Pilot Light Typical Application Wiring Diagram Dual Input Pilot Light Transformer Type Device Schematic Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

66 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product verview Bulletin F Plastic and Metal perators. mm mounting hole IP/, Type // Internationally rated operators Table of Contents See below. TABLE F CNTENTS Page Specifications... - Quick Selection... - Push Buttons, Momentary Non-Illuminated Flush, Extended, Guarded... - Non-Illuminated with Two-Color Molded Legend Caps... - Illuminated Flush, Extended, Guarded... - Push Buttons, Alternate Action Non-Illuminated Flush... - Illuminated Flush... - Pilot Light perators... - Selector Switches Non-Illuminated, -Position... - Illuminated, -Position... - Non-Illuminated, -Position... - Illuminated, -Position... - Non-Illuminated, -Position... - Key Selector Switches -Position Position... - Emergency Stop perators Twist-to-Release and Push-Pull Mushroom perators Non-Illuminated... - Illuminated... - Key Release Mushroom perators... - Push-Pull Mushroom perator, -Position... - Momentary Mushroom perators Non-Illuminated... - Illuminated... - Bulletin FP Plastic perators IP/, Type // Engineering grade thermoplastics Chemical-resistant for harsh environments Page Multi-Function perators -Function, Momentary, Non-Illuminated Function, Momentary, Illuminated Function, Momentary, Non-Illuminated... - Reset perators... - Single-Turn Potentiometer Assembly - Key perated Selector Switch SensEject TM... - Selector Push Button perators... - Toggle Switch perators... - Back-of-Panel Components Contact Blocks... - Power Modules... - Power Modules with Contact Blocks... - Enclosures... - Assembled Stations... - Assembled Stations with DeviceNet... - Pendant Stations... - Accessories Miscellaneous... - Guards... - Locking Attachments... - Replacement Lamps... - Color Caps, Lenses, Diffusers without Text... - Two-Color Molded Legend Caps... - E-Stop Legends... - Legend Plates... - Custom Laser-Engraved Caps/Diffusers... - Legend Text... - Approximate Dimensions... - Bulletin FM Metal perators IP/, Type / Die-cast metal construction Chrome-plated Bul. FP Plastic perators Bul. FM Die-Cast Metal perators - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

67 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product verview/specifications verview, Continued -Across x -Deep Back-of-Panel ( Circuits Max.) Rugged snap-fit design for plastic or metal latch Stackable contact blocks Rotating collar for easy one-hand latch removal Color-coded contact block plungers for contact identification Assembly verview Legend Plate (ptional) Latch Contact Block(s) and/or Power Modules perator Mounting Ring (Included with perator) Plastic Latch with Contact Block Metal Latch with Contact Block Specifications Front-of-Panel (perators) Mechanical Ratings Plastic (Bulletin FP) Metal (Bulletin FM) Vibration (assembled to panel) Tested at Hz,. mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./ G max. for hr duration, no damage Shock Tested at / cycle sine wave for ms; no damage at G Degree of protection IP/ (Type /R////) IP/ (Type /R///) Cycles Momentary push buttons, momentary mushroom Mechanical durability per Cycles Multi-function, selector switch, key selector switch, selector jog, SensEjectTM key selector switch EN -- (Annex C) Cycles Non-illuminated push-pull E-stop Cycles Twist-to-release E-stop, illuminated push-pull E-stop, alternate action push buttons Cycles Potentiometer, toggle switch perating forces (typical with one contact block) Flush/extended = N, E-stop = N Mushroom = N perating torque (typical application with one contact block) Selector switch =. N m (. lb in) Mounting torque Plastic. N m ( lb in) Metal. N m ( lb in) Environmental Temperature range (operating) - + C (- + F) Temperature range (short term storage) - + C (- + F) Humidity % RH from C ( F) Performance Data see page Important- of the Industrial Controls catalog. Momentary mushroom operators are IP. Plastic keyed operators are IP, Type /; not Type. Limit of four contact blocks max. for these devices. perating temperatures below C ( F) are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids, UL Recognized to C ( F) - Incandescent module max. C ( F). Product Certifications Certifications UR/UL, CSA, CCC, CE Standards Compliance CE Marked NEMA ICS-; UL, EN IS, EN -, EN --, EN -- Terminal Identification EN/IEC - Shipping Approvals ABS RoHS Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

68 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Specifications Back-of-Panel Components Standard contact block ratings Low voltage contact block ratings LED Module Ratings Electrical Ratings A, Q V AC AC, DC to IEC/EN -- and UL, V, ma min. V, ma DC min. C, R, AC, DC to EN -- and UL Nominal Voltage Range Current Draw Frequency V AC/DC V AC V DC V AC V AC V AC/DC V AC V DC V AC V AC ma (AC), ma (DC) ma ma ma ma / Hz, DC / Hz DC / Hz / Hz Thermal current A max. enclosed ( C ambient) to UL, EN -- Insulation voltage (U i ) Screw terminal = V, spring-clamp = V Wire capacity (screw terminal) # AWG (.. mm) Max. () # AWG or () # AWG Wire capacity (spring-clamp terminal) # AWG (.. mm) ne per spring clamp, two spring clamps per terminal Recommended tightening torque on screw terminals.. N m ( lb in) Dielectric strength (minimum) V for one minute External short circuit protection Standard blocks A type gl/gg cartridge fuse to EN -- or gn (Class J to UL - or Class C to UL -) Low voltage contact blocks A type gl/gg cartridge fuse to EN -- or gn (Class J to UL - or Class C to UL -) Electrical shock protection Finger-safe conforming to IP Mechanical Ratings Vibration (assembled to panel) Tested at Hz,. mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./ G max. hr Shock Tested at / cycle sine wave for ms and no damage at G max. Contact durability per EN -- (Annex C) cycles Contact operation N.. N.C. & S.M.C.B. N..E.M. N.C.L.B. N.C.E.B. Push button travel to change electrical state perating forces (typical) LED Dominant Wavelength LED Luminous Intensity Incandescent maximum wattage Springs Electrical contacts Terminals Single circuit contact block Dual circuit contact block Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Standard Low voltage Screw Spring-clamp Performance Data see page Important- of the Industrial Controls catalog. Low voltage contacts are recommended for applications below V, ma. Wires less than # AWG (. mm) may not hold in terminal securely. N.C. and N..E.M. N.. and N.C.L.B. Illumination Materials Slow double make and break Slow double make and break positive opening Double break / double make, early make Double break / double make, late break positive opening Double break / double make, early break positive opening. N. N nm nm nm nm mcd mcd mcd mcd mcd. W. mm (. in.). mm (. in.) Stainless steel and zinc coated music wire Silver-nickel Gold-plated over silver Brass Silver-plated brass - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

69 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Specifications Material Listing Component For Use with Material Used Panel gasket All operators Nitrile, TPE Diaphragm seal Illuminated push button, non-illuminated push button Automotive industry acceptable silicone K-seal Selector switch, key selector switch, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop, push/pull mushroom Nitrile Diaphragm retainer, return spring I Illuminated push button, non-illuminated push button, momentary mushroom Stainless steel Return spring II Reset, selector switch, key selector switch, alternate action, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop, push/pull mushroom Zinc-coated music wire Button cap/mushroom head Non-illuminated push button, momentary mushroom, reset, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop, push/pull mushroom, multi-function PBT/polycarbonate blend -color molded button cap Non-illuminated push button PBT/polycarbonate blend Lens Multi-function Acetal Lens, knob Illuminated push button, illuminated momentary mushroom, illuminated selector switch Polyamide Knob Non-illuminated selector switch Glass-filled polyamide Plastic bezel/bushing I Non-illuminated push button, illuminated push button, momentary mushroom, selector switch, key selector switch, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop, push/pull Glass-filled polyamide mushroom, multi-function, reset Plastic bezel/bushing II, jam nut Pilot light, reset jam nut, reset pushers Glass-filled PBT Metal bezel/bushing All metal operators Zinc Diffuser Illuminated push button, pilot light Polycarbonate Legend frames Glass-filled polyamide Plastic mounting ring All plastic operators Glass-filled polyamide Metal mounting ring All metal operators Chromated zinc Plastic latch Glass-filled polyamide Metal latch Chromated zinc + stainless steel Plastic enclosure PBT/polycarbonate blend Metal enclosure Aluminum Terminal screws LED module, incandescent module, contact blocks Zinc-plated steel with chromate Terminals LED module, incandescent module, contact blocks Brass with silver-nickel contacts Spring clamps LED module, incandescent module, contact blocks Stainless steel Lamp socket Incandescent module Brass Housing Incandescent module, LED module Glass-filled polyamide Low-voltage terminals Contact blocks Gold-plated silver-nickel contacts Low-voltage spanner Contact blocks Gold-plated silver-nickel contacts Spanner Contact blocks Brass with silver-nickel contacts Boot Toggle Switch, illuminated push button, non-illuminated push button, multi-function illuminated and non-illuminated Automotive industry acceptable silicone Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

70 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Quick Selection Quick Selection Components perator Style Color Construction Pkg. Quantity Non-illuminated, flush push button Black FP-F Non-illuminated, flush push button Green Plastic FP-F Non-illuminated, extended push button Red FP-E Non-illuminated, flush push button Black FM-F Non-illuminated, flush push button Green Metal FM-F Flush perator FP-F Non-illuminated, extended push button Red FM-E Illuminated, flush push button Green FP-LF Illuminated, extended push button Red Plastic FP-LE Illuminated, flush push button Yellow FP-LF Illuminated, flush push button Green FM-LF Illuminated, extended push button Red Metal FM-LE Flush perator FM-LF Diffused Pilot Light FP-P Selector Switch FP-SM Illuminated, flush push button Yellow FM-LF Diffused pilot light Non-illuminated, -position, maintained selector switch Non-illuminated, -position, maintained selector switch Non-illuminated, -position, spring return from both positions selector switch Non-illuminated, -position, maintained selector switch Non-illuminated, -position, maintained selector switch Non-illuminated, -position, spring return from both positions selector switch Non-illuminated, mm twist-to-release maintained mushroom (plastic) Non-illuminated, mm push-pull maintained mushroom Green Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Black Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Plastic FP-P FP-P FP-P FM-P FM-P FM-P FP-SM FP-SM FP-SB FM-SM FM-SM FM-SB FP-MT FP-MP Non-illuminated, mm twist-to-release maintained mushroom (metal) Red FM-MT Metal mm Trigger Action Twist-to-Release Mushroom Non-illuminated, mm push-pull maintained mushroom FM-MP FP-MT Back of Panel Pkg. Quantity Metal latch F-ALM Plastic latch F-ALP Normally open contact block F- Normally closed contact block F- Integrated LED module with plastic latch Red LED F-PNxR Integrated LED module with plastic latch Green LED F-PNxG Integrated LED module with plastic latch White LED F-PNxW Integrated LED module with metal latch Red LED F-MNxR Power Module with Latch F-MNG Integrated LED module with metal latch Green LED F-MNxG Integrated LED module with metal latch White LED F-MNxW To complete the cat. no., replace the x with one of the following voltage codes: = V, = V, = V. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

71 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Quick Selection Complete Devices Non-Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (Screw Terminal Connections) Type of Contact N.. N.C. Color Green Black Construction Plastic operator/plastic latch Pkg. Quantity FP-FP FP-FP Flush Green Metal operator/metal latch FM-FM FP-FP Black FM-FM Extended Red Plastic operator/plastic latch FP-EP FM-EM Metal operator/metal latch FM-EM Green/ Plastic operator/plastic latch FP-UEFP Red Metal operator/metal latch FM-UEFM Multi-function (Flush/extended) Green ""/ Red "" Plastic operator/plastic latch FP-UEFFEP FP-UEFP Metal operator/metal latch FM-UEFFEM Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Screw Terminal Connections) Type of Contact N.. N.C. Style -position maintained -position maintained -position maintained Standard lever, black -position maintained -position maintained FP-SMP -position maintained Construction Plastic operator/plastic latch Plastic operator/plastic latch Metal operator/metal latch Metal operator/metal latch Plastic operator/plastic latch Metal operator/metal latch For complete devices not listed and configuration assistance, see RAISE product selection software ( Pkg. Quantity FP-SMP FP-SMP FM-SMM FM-SMM FP-SMP FM-SMM Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

72 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Quick Selection Complete Devices, Continued Non-Illuminated Emergency Stop perators, Ø mm, Red (Screw Terminal Connections) Type of Contact N.. N.C. Construction Plastic operator/plastic latch Pkg. Quantity FP-MTPS Metal operator/metal latch FM-MTMS Twist-to-Release Plastic operator/plastic latch FP-MTPS FP-MTPS Metal operator/metal latch FM-MTMS Self-monitoring contact block included when N.C. is specified. Pilot Lights with Integrated LED Modules (Screw Terminal Connections) V AC/DC V AC V AC Voltage Style Construction Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Pkg. Quantity Plastic operator/plastic latch FP-PPNG FP-PPNR FP-PPNY FP-PPNB FP-PPNW FP-PPNG FP-PPNR FP-PPNY FP-PPNB FP-PPNW FP-PPNG FP-PPNR FP-PPNY FP-PPNB FP-PPNW White FP-PPNW For complete devices not listed and configuration assistance, see RAISE product selection software ( - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

73 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button perators, Non-Illuminated Flush, Extended, Guarded P M F E G Flush perator FP-F Color Black Pkg. Quantity Extended perator FM-E Flush Guarded perator FP-G Extended Plastic Metal Plastic Metal FP-F FM-F FP-E FM-E Green FP-F FM-F FP-E FM-E Red FP-F FM-F FP-E FM-E a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) b perator Type Flush Extended Guarded F P F a b c d c Color Cap Color range White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Grey No cap Available in flush only. Assortment pack contains one cap of each color, not available in BP packaging. nly available with no color cap ( from Table c). Assortment pack Blank BP d Packaging per package per package Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

74 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button perators, Non-Illuminated with Two-Color Molded Legend Caps Button Color Green Red Text Color White White Legend Text START Pkg. Quantity Flush Extended Plastic Metal Plastic Metal FP-F FM-F I FP-F FM-F STP FP-F FM-F FP-E FM-E FP-E FM-E Black White FP-F FM-F FP-E FM-E P M F E G a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) b perator Type Flush Extended Guarded F P F a b c d c Color Cap Color range White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Blank d Legend Text Text No Text START STP I Forward Reverse R For custom laser-engraved legend cap, order no cap option on page - plus custom laser-engraved cap on page -. White and yellow caps have black text. All other color caps have white text. Legend button cap supplied loose for customer installation. Available for flush only. Valid color cap/legend text codes include: Color White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Flush Caps FRWARD, REVERSE, START, I,, R FRWARD, REVERSE,, R FRWARD, REVERSE, START, I, FRWARD, REVERSE, STP,, FRWARD, REVERSE, FRWARD, REVERSE,, R Text Extended Caps, R STP,,, R STP,,, R Flush perator FP-F - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

75 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button perators, Illuminated Flush, Extended, Guarded P M LF LE LG Flush perator FM-LF Color Green Pkg. Quantity Extended perator FP-LE Flush Guarded perator FP-LG Extended Plastic Metal Plastic Metal FP-LF FM-LF FP-LE FM-LE Red FP-LF FM-LF FP-LE FM-LE Yellow FP-LF FM-LF FP-LE FM-LE Clear FP-LF FM-LF FP-LE FM-LE a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) b perator Type Flush Extended Guarded F P LE a b c d c Color Cap Color Amber Green Red Yellow Blue Clear No cap Blank BP d Packaging For custom laser-engraved operator, order operator with applicable lens cap color plus custom laser-engraved diffuser; see page -. When using LED for illumination, a white LED is recommended. nly available with no color cap ( from Table c). Push-to-Test Push Button Device Schematic Illuminated push buttons may be wired as a push-to-test device by using the following schematic and F-D Diode module from page -. per package per package Test Essai Prova Teste Ensayo V AC/V AC LED L Cat -N_ Cat -N_ Cat -Q_ Cat -Q_ - - V AC/DC LED... V AC/DC Cat -N_ Cat -Q_ Cat -D _ C L L, + L, - - AC Signal Segnale Sinal Senãl AC DC Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

76 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Alternate Action perators Non-Illuminated P M a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) FA FM-FA F M FA a b c b perator Type Non-illuminated, flush, alternate action Must use N..E.M. or N.C. contacts. For custom laser-engraved legend cap, order "no cap" option plus custom laser-engraved cap on page -. Alternate Action perators Illuminated Color Cap Color range White Black Green Red Yellow Blue No cap Assortment pack c a FP-LFA F P LFA a b c b perator Construction perator Type P Round plastic operator LFA Illuminated, flush, alternate action (IP, Type //) M Round metal operator (IP, Type /) Must use N..E.M. or N.C. contacts. LED module required for illumination, can not use incandescent module. For custom laser-engraved operator, order operator with applicable lens cap color plus custom laser-engraved diffuser on page -. Use of a white LED is recommended. c Color Cap Color Amber Green Red Yellow Blue Clear No lens - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

77 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light perators P M P Color Green Plastic Pilot Light FP-P Pkg. Quantity Plastic FP-P Metal Pilot Light FM-P Metal FM-P Red FP-P FM-P Yellow FP-P FM-P a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) b perator Type Diffuser F P P a b c d c Lens Cap Color Amber Green Red Yellow Blue Clear No lens d Packaging For custom laser-engraved pilot light, order pilot light with applicable lens cap color plus custom laser-engraved diffuser on page -. When using LED for illumination, a white LED is recommended. Blank BP per package per package Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

78 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Selector Switch perators, Non-Illuminated Switching Angle Standard Knob FP-SM Knob Lever FP-HM Target Table and perator Position Color perator Type Contact Type N.. N.C. Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact selection is limited to the following options, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. Pkg. Quantity Plastic Standard Knob Metal Black with White Insert FP-SM FM-SM Target table for spring return from left is reversed from what is shown in the table. P M S H a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) b perator Type Standard knob Knob lever F P S M a b c d e f c M L R perator Function Type Maintained ( switching angle) Spring return from left ( switching angle) Spring return from right ( switching angle) Knob/Insert Color Knob Color Insert Color Black White d Blank N Blank BP mm hole spacing will not work if knob lever is used. See page - for recommended operator panel spacing. For use in vertical mount Bul. F enclosures. Not available with offset orientation. e rientation Standard offset f Packaging per package per package - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

79 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Selector Switch perators, Illuminated Switching Angle Standard Knob FP-LSM Target Table and perator Position Color Green perator Type Contact Type N.. N.C. Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact selection is limited to the following options, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. Pkg. Quantity Plastic FP-LSM Standard Knob Metal FM-LSM Red FP-LSM FM-LSM Yellow FP-LSM FM-LSM Target table for spring return from left is reversed from what is shown in the table. P M LS LH a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) b perator Type Standard knob Knob lever F P LS M M L R a b c d e c perator Function Type Maintained ( switching angle) Spring return from left ( switching angle) Spring return from right ( switching angle) LED module required for illumination, can not use incandescent module. For use in vertical mount enclosures. Crevices may exist on product that may be unsuitable for certain applications. Please consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. nly available in clear. Use of a white LED is recommended. Knob/Insert Color Knob Color Insert Color Amber White Green White Red White Yellow Black Blue White Clear Black Blank N d e rientation Standard offset Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

80 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Selector Switch perators, Non-Illuminated Switching Angle Standard Knob FP-SM Knob Lever FM-HM Target Table and perator Position ( Switching Angle) perator Type Contact Type N.. N.C. Position on Mounting Latch Left Right Center Center CL Center CR Left Right Center Center CL Center CR Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact selection is limited to the following options, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. Standard Knob Knob Lever Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Color Pkg. Quantity Black with White Insert FP-SM FM-SM FP-HM FM-HM FP-SB FM-SB FP-HB FM-HB P M S H a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) b perator Type Standard knob Knob lever F P S M a b c d e f c M L R B perator Function Type Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Spring return from left and right mm hole spacing will not work if knob lever is used. See page - for recommended operator panel spacing. For use in vertical mount enclosures. The center contact block can have the same target output as the left or right contact block, by specifying center left (CL) or center right (CR) option. Knob/Insert Color Knob Color Insert Color Black White Blank N Blank CL CR d e rientation Standard offset f peration Standard Center left Center right - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

81 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Selector Switch perators, Illuminated Standard Knob FP-LSM Switching Angle Contact Type N.. N.C. Target Table and perator Position ( Switching Angle) Position on Mounting Latch Left Right Left Right perator Type Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact selection is limited to the following options, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. Green Red Yellow Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Pkg. Quantity FP-LSM FM-LSM FP-LSM FM-LSM FP-LSM FM-LSM FP-LSR FM-LSR FP-LSR FM-LSR FP-LSR FM-LSR FP-LSL FM-LSL FP-LSL FM-LSL FP-LSL FM-LSL FP-LSB FM-LSB FP-LSB FM-LSB FP-LSB FM-LSB F P LS M a b c d e P M a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) b perator Type B Spring return from left and right LS Standard knob LH Knob lever LED module required for illumination, can not use incandescent module. For use in vertical mount F enclosures. Crevices may exist on product that may be unsuitable for certain applications. Please consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. nly available in clear. Use of a white LED is recommended. M L R c perator Function Type Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Knob/Insert Color Knob Color Insert Color Amber White Green White Red White Yellow Black Blue White Clear Black d rientation Blank Standard N offset e Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

82 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Selector Switch perators, Non-Illuminated Standard Knob FP-SM Target Table and perator Position a Contact Type N.. N.C.E.B. N.C.L.B. Position on Mounting Latch Left Right Center Center CL Center CR Left Right Center CL Center CR Left Right Center Center CL Center CR Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact selection is limited to the following options, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. Standard Knob Maintained Plastic Metal Color Pkg. Quantity Black with White Insert FP-SM FM-SM F P S M a b c d e f perator Construction perator Function rientation Type P Round plastic operator Maintained ( switching angle) Blank Standard (IP, Type //) M N offset M (IP, Type /) d peration b Knob/Insert Color perator Type Knob Color Insert Color Blank Standard Black White CL Center left S Standard knob CR Center right H Knob lever Round metal operator f Must use N.., N.C.E.B., or N.C.L.B. contact blocks only. Cannot use N.C. or N..E.M. contact blocks with -position selector switch. For use in vertical mount enclosures. The center contact block can have the same target output as the left or right contact block, by specifying center left (CL) or center right (CR) option. c e - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

83 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Key-perated Selector Switches, Non-Illuminated Key Selector Switch FP-KMR Switching Angle Contact Type Target Table and perator Position N.. N.C. Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact selection is limited to the following options, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. Key Removal Position perator Type Pkg. Quantity Key Selector Switch perators Plastic Metal Left FP-KM FM-KM Both FP-KM FM-KM Target table for spring return from left is reversed from what is shown in the table. P M KM KL KR a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type /) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) b perator Type Type Maintained ( switching angle) Spring return from left ( switching angle) Spring return from right ( switching angle) c Key Removal Position Position Left Right F M KM a b c d d Ronis Key Lock Master Key System Key Key No. Blank (Standard) R R R R R R R R R R R R R R No Master Key Both Key removal in maintained positions only. Keyed operators are IP, Type /. Not intended for high security applications. Interoperability is possible with certain key/cylinder lock combinations. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for interoperability information. For replacement Ronis keys, see Accessories, page -. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

84 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Key-perated Selector Switches, Non-Illuminated Switching Angle Key-perated Selector Switch FP-KMR Contact Type N.. N.C. Key-perated Selector Switch FM-KMR Target Table and perator Position Position on Mounting Latch Left Right Center Left Right Center Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact selection is limited to the following options, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. Key Removal Position perator Position Pkg. Quantity Key Selector Switch perators Plastic Metal P M Left FP-KM FM-KM All FP-KM FM-KM Center FP-KM FM-KM Center FP-KB FM-KB a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type /) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) F M KM KM KR KL KB a b c d b perator Type Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left Spring return from both c Key Removal Position Type Left All Center Left/center Center/right d See page - for optional key codes Key removal in maintained positions only. Keyed operators are IP, Type /. Not intended for high security applications. Interoperability is possible with certain key/cylinder lock combinations. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for interoperability information. For replacement Ronis keys, see Accessories, page -. Key removal position only valid with operator types F_-KM and F_-KL. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

85 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Emergency Stop perators Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release, Push-Pull mm Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release FP-MT Color Size Pkg. Quantity Red Illuminated Twist-to-Release, Push-Pull Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action) mm Non-Illuminated Push-Pull FP-MP Push-Pull (Trigger Action) Plastic Metal Plastic Metal FP-MT FM-MT FP-MT FM-MT FP-MP FM-MP FP-MT FM-MT mm Illuminated Twist-to-Release FP-LMT Color Size Pkg. Quantity Red Key Release Mushroom perator Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action) mm Mushroom Push/Pull FM-LMP Push-Pull (Trigger Action) Plastic Metal Plastic Metal FP-LMP FM-LMP FP-LMT FM-LMT FP-LMP FM-LMP FP-LMT FM-LMT FP-LMP FM-LMP mm Non-Illuminated Key Release FP-MK Ronis Key Lock (Trigger Action) Color Size Pkg. Quantity Red mm FP-MK FM-MK Plastic All emergency stop operators are EN IS compliant with standard NC, NCLB, or self-monitoring contact blocks. LED module required for illumination, can not use incandescent module. For key options, see page -. Metal Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

86 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Push-Pull perators, Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action), Push-Pull (Trigger Action) P M mm Trigger Action Twist-to-Release Mushroom FP-MT mm Trigger Action Push-Pull Mushroom FP-MP mm Half-Dome FP-MP Color Pkg. Quantity Red FP-MT FM-MT FP-MP FM-MP a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) mm Mushroom (Trigger Action) Twist-to-Release mm Mushroom (Trigger Action) Push-Pull Plastic Metal Plastic Metal F P MT MT MT MT MP MP a b c d b perator Type Push, Twist-to-Release Type mm color cap mm color cap mm color cap Push-Pull Type mm color cap Half-Dome Push-Pull Type mm color cap c Color Cap Color Black Green Red Yellow Blue Blank LE d Engraving No engraving on cap EM laser engraved E EM printed All emergency stop operators are EN IS compliant with standard NC, NCLB, or self-monitoring contact blocks. E-Stop operators, latch, and contact block combinations have been third-party tested for Bd values. Bd values can be found in publication SAFETY-SR_-EN-E. nly available with red color cap. For EM guards, see page -. nly available on mm color cap. nly available on red, mm push, twist-to-release operator type (MT). Half-dome operators only available with black, red, and yellow color caps. Limit of four contact blocks max. for these devices. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

87 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Push-Pull perators, Illuminated Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action), Push-Pull (Trigger Action) P M mm Illuminated Twist-to-Release FP-LMT mm Mushroom Push/Pull FM-LMP mm Half-Dome FP-LMP Color Pkg. Quantity Red FP-LMT FM-LMT FP-LMP FM-LMP a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) mm Mushroom (Trigger Action) Twist-to-Release mm Mushroom (Trigger Action) Push-Pull Plastic Metal Plastic Metal F P LMP LMT LMT LMP LMP LMP LMP a b c b perator Type Push, Twist-to-Release Type mm color cap mm color cap Push-Pull Type mm color cap mm color cap mm color cap Half-Dome Push-Pull Type mm color cap c Lens Cap Color Color Green Red Yellow Blue LED module required for illumination, can not use incandescent module. All emergency stop operators are EN IS compliant with standard NC, NCLB, or self-monitoring contact blocks. E-Stop operators, latch, and contact block combinations have been third-party tested for Bd values. Bd values can be found in publication SAFETY-SR_-EN-E. nly available with red color cap. mm version has black arrows; and mm versions have white arrows. Use of a white LED is recommended. nly available with mm Push-Pull color cap (LMP from Table b). Half-dome operators only available with red and yellow lens cap colors. Limit of four contact blocks max. for these devices. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

88 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Non-Illuminated perators Mushroom, Key Release (Trigger Action) mm Key Release Mushroom FP-MK -Position (Trigger Action) mm Mushroom Key Release Plastic Color Pkg. Quantity Red FP-MK FM-MK Note: For replacement Ronis keys, see Accessories, page -. Key release mushroom operators use key no.. P M a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type /) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) F P MK MK a b c d b perator Type Key Release Mushroom Type mm All emergency stop operators are EN IS compliant with standard NC, NCLB, or self-monitoring contact blocks. E-Stop operators, latch, and contact block combinations have been third-party tested for Bd values. Bd values can be found in publication SAFETY-SR_-EN-E. Keyed operators are IP, Type /. Not intended for high security applications. Interoperability is possible with certain key/cylinder lock combinations. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for interoperability information. For replacement Ronis keys, see Accessories, page -. c Metal Lens Cap Color Color Red Blank d Ronis Key Lock Key No. (Standard) R R R R R R R R R R R R R R - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

89 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Push-Pull perators, Illuminated & Non-Illuminated Mushroom Illuminated -Position Push-Pull FM-LMPE Target Table and perator Position Contact Type ut Center In N.. N.C.E.B. N.C.L.B. Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact selection is limited to the following options, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. perator Function perator Type Color Pkg. Quantity Black FM-MME Non-Illuminated Green FM-MME Red FM-MME Momentary ut, Maintained Amber FM-LMME Center, Momentary In Green FM-LMME Illuminated Red FM-LMME Blue FM-LMME Clear FM-LMME Black FM-MPE Non-Illuminated Green FM-MPE Red FM-MPE Momentary ut, Maintained Amber FM-LMPE Center, Maintained In Green FM-LMPE Illuminated Red FM-LMPE Blue FM-LMPE Clear FM-LMPE M Blank L a perator Construction Round metal operator (IP, Type /) b perator Type Non-illuminated Illuminated F M L MM E a b c d e f c MM MP perator Function Momentary out, Maintained center, Momentary in Momentary out, Maintained center, Maintained in d Cap Size mm plastic e Cap Color Amber Black Green Red Blue Clear E f Positions -position Sold as stand-alone operator only. Not available as a composite catalog number. Must use N.., N.C.E.B., or N.C.L.B. contact blocks only. Cannot use N.C. or N..E.M. contact blocks with -position push-pull operators. LED module required for illumination. Cannot use incandescent module. Available in illuminated only. Use of white LED is recommended. Available in non-illuminated only. Replacement caps are available for this device. rder F-AMP. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

90 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button perators, Non-Illuminated Mushroom P M Color Black mm Mushroom FM-MM Pkg. Quantity mm Mushroom FP-MM mm Mushroom FP-MM mm Mushroom mm Mushroom Plastic Metal Plastic Metal FP-MM FM-MM FP-MM FM-MM Green FP-MM FM-MM FP-MM FM-MM Red FP-MM FM-MM FP-MM FM-MM Yellow FP-MM FM-MM FP-MM FM-MM Blue FP-MM FM-MM FP-MM FM-MM a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) Momentary mushroom operators are IP rated. nly available with black, red, and yellow cap colors. F P MM MM MM MM a b c b Size and perator Type Type mm momentary mm momentary mm momentary c Color Cap Color Black Green Red Yellow Blue - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

91 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Push Button perators, Illuminated Mushroom Color Green Pkg. Quantity mm Mushroom FP-LMM Plastic FP-LMM mm Mushroom Metal FM-LMM Red FP-LMM FM-LMM Yellow FP-LMM FM-LMM Blue FP-LMM FM-LMM Clear FP-LMM FM-LMM P M a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) F P LMM LMM Momentary mushroom operators are IP rated. When using LED for illumination, a white LED is recommended. a b c b Size and perator Type Type mm momentary c Lens Cap Color Color Green Red Yellow Blue Clear Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

92 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Function Momentary Multi-perator, Non-Illuminated Position A -Function Momentary Multi-perator Non-Illuminated FP-UEF Position C Color Type Text Color Type Text Pkg. Quantity Red Extended Blank F P U E F Blank Plastic FP-UEF Green Flush I FP-UEFFE STP START FP-UEBFA a b c d e f F P U P a b c a perator Construction Plastic operator (IP, Type /) M Metal operator (IP, Type ) U F E b perator Type Two-function c perator Type Position A Flush Extended No caps (all positions) (without button caps) (with button caps) d perator Color Cap/Text Position A White Black Green Red Yellow Blue A B C D E F G H F Green with Start text Red with Stop text White with Start text Black with Stop text Green with I text Red with text White with I text Black with text e perator Type Position C E Extended Position of the latch (left position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position A of the operator. Position of the latch (right position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position C of the operator. For custom-engraved caps, order no caps option plus custom engraved caps on page -. Valid color cap/legend text codes include: Color Flush Caps Text Extended Caps White START, I Black STP, Green START, I Red STP, Flush f perator Color Cap/Text Position C White Black Green Red Yellow Blue A B C D E F G H Green with Start text Red with Stop text White with Start text Black with Stop text Green with I text Red with text White with I text Black with text - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

93 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Function Momentary Multi-perator, Illuminated -Function Momentary Multi-perator Illuminated FP-LUEE Position A Position B Position C Color Type Text Type Color Type Text Pkg. Quantity Red Extended F P LU E F Plastic Blank Blank FP-LUEF White Pilot Light Green Flush I FP-LUEFFE STP START FP-LUEBFA a b c d e f F P LU P a b c a perator Construction Plastic operator (IP, Type /) M Metal operator (IP, Type ) LU F E b perator Type Two-function Illuminated c perator Type Position A Flush Extended No caps (all positions) (without button caps) (with button caps) d perator Color Cap/Text Position A White Black Green Red Yellow Blue A B C D E F G H F Green with Start text Red with Stop text White with Start text Black with Stop text Green with I text Red with text White with I text Black with text e perator Type Position C E Extended LED module required for illumination, can not use incandescent module. Position of the latch (left position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position A of the operator. Position of the latch (right position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position C of the operator. Position of the latch (center position) is reserved for the power module. For custom-engraved caps, order no caps option plus custom engraved caps on page -. Valid color cap/legend text codes include: Color Flush Caps Text Extended Caps White START, I Black STP, Green START, I Red STP, Flush f perator Color Cap/Text Position C White Black Green Red Yellow Blue A B C D E F G H Green with Start text Red with Stop text White with Start text Black with Stop text Green with I text Red with text White with I text Black with text Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

94 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Function Momentary Multi-perator, Non-Illuminated -Function Momentary Multi-perator Non-Illuminated FP-UEF Position A Position B Position C Pkg. Plastic Color Type Text Color Type Text Color Type Text Quantity Green Flush Blank Red Extended Blank Green Flush Blank FP-UFF F P U E F a b c d e f g F P U P a b c a perator Construction Plastic operator (IP, Type /) M Metal operator (IP, Type ) U F E b perator Type Three-function c perator Type Position A Flush Extended No caps (all positions) d (without button caps) A B C D E F G H F E d (cont'd) (with button caps) perator Color Cap/Text Position A Green with Start text Red with Stop text White with Start text Black with Stop text Green with I text Red with text White with I text Black with text e perator Type Position C Flush Extended perator Color Cap/Text Position A perator Color Cap/Text Position C White White Black Black Green Green Red Red Yellow Yellow Blue Blue Position of the latch (left position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position A of the operator. Position of the latch (right position when viewed from the back) corresponds to position C of the operator. Position of the latch (center position) corresponds to position B of the operator. For custom-engraved caps, order no caps option plus custom engraved caps on page -. For no caps option, (position B) center cap available as red, no text only. Valid color cap/legend text codes include: Color Flush Caps Text Extended Caps White START, I Black STP, Green START, I Red STP, f A B C D E F G H f (cont'd) perator Color Cap/Text Position C Green with Start text Red with Stop text White with Start text Black with Stop text Green with I text Red with text White with I text Black with text g perator Color Cap/Text Position B Red B F Red with Stop text Red with text - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

95 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Reset perators Mechanical and/or Electrical Reset P M Reset perator FP-R Button Color Legend Text Pkg. Quantity Blue a perator Construction Round plastic operator (IP, Type //) Round metal operator (IP, Type /) Plastic Flush Round Metal R FP-R FM-R No Legend FP-R FM-R F M R R a b c d b perator Type Type Reset Will accept latch and up to four single circuit contact blocks or two dual circuit contact blocks; no contacts allowed in center position. mm reset stroke length. c Color Cap Color White Black Blue Blank d Legend Text Text No text R Threaded Reset Rod Reset perators Threaded Reset Rod with mm Pusher F-ATRL Threaded Reset Rod Rod Length mm Pusher mm Pusher Rod Length [mm] Adjustability [mm] Pkg. Quantity F-ATR F-ATRL F-ATR F-ATRL F-ATR F-ATRL F-ATR F-ATRL F-ATR F-ATRL F-ATR F-ATRL If contact blocks are used, they must have a minimum rod length of mm for one level of contact blocks and mm for two levels of contact blocks. Rod is threaded along its entire length for ease of cutting to desired length. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

96 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Single Turn Potentiometer Assembly Resistive Element Series B Series A None (perator nly) FP-PT FP-PTA Ω FP-PT FP-PTA Ω FP-PT FP-PTA Ω FP-PT FP-PTA Ω FP-PT FP-PTA Ω FP-PT FP-PTA Ω FP-PT FP-PTA The FP-PT is a complete operator assembly supplied without the resistive element, used with potentiometers having a shaft diameter of. mm (. in.) and a shaft length of. mm (. in.), or a shaft diameter of. mm (. in.) and a shaft length of. mm (. in.). This operator is used with Type "J" potentiometers only. Rated V AC/DC, W max. A latch is not needed. Additional hole spacing required for potentiometers. See page - for panel hole spacing requirements. Not stocked. Longer lead-time. Key perated Selector Switch - SensEjectTM Patented Spring-Loaded Key Ejection System Series B Series A -Position Switching Angle -Position Switching Angle perator Construction perator Type Key Eject Position Key ption Spare Keys Contact Blocks Round Metal perator SensEject is IP (dust-tight) Type -Position Maintained -Position Spring Return from Both Left with Key Eject Center with Key Eject Zadi Key Z Zadi Key Z F-AKE F-AKE None N..; N.C. None N..; N.C. FM-KEMZ FM-KEMZM FM-KEBZ FM-KEBZM Not intended for high security applications. Interoperability is possible with certain key/cylinder lock combinations. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for interoperability information. Includes latch and spacer block. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

97 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Selector Push Button perators Contact Type Position on Mounting Latch Selector Jog perator FM-SJ Target Table and perator Position (-Position) Selector Left Free Selector Left Depressed Selector Right Free Selector Right Depressed N.. Left N.. Right N.. Center N.C. Left N.C. Right N.C. Center Note: = Closed/ = pen Target Table and perator Position (-Position) Contact Type Position on Mounting Latch Selector Left Free Selector Left Depressed Selector Center Free Selector Center Depressed Selector Right Free Selector Right Depressed N.. Left N.. Right N.. Center N.C. Left N.C. Right N.C. Center Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact selection is limited to the following options; consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. a perator Construction Round plastic operator P (IP, Type //) M Round metal operator (IP, Type /) SJ b perator Type Selector jog Buttons cannot be engraved. F P SJ a b c d c perator Function -position -position d Color Cap Black Green Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

98 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Toggle Switch perators Contact Type Toggle Switch perator FM-JM Target Table and perator Position (-Position) Position on Mounting Latch Toggle Left Center Toggle Right N.. Left N.. Right N.. Center N.C. Left N.C. Right N.C. Center Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact Type Target Table and perator Position (-Position) Position on Mounting Latch Toggle Up Toggle Left Center Toggle Right Toggle Down N.. Left N.. Right N.. Center N.C.L.B. Left N.C.L.B. Right N.C.L.B. Center N.C.E.B. Left N.C.E.B. Right Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact selection is limited to the following options, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for other options. a perator Construction M Round metal operator (IP, Type /) J F M J M a b c b perator Type Toggle switch Use legend plates F-_ and F-_. Silicone boot comes standard with toggle switch, please see page - for replacement boots. Must use N.., N.C.E.B., or N.C.L.B. contact blocks only. Cannot use N.C. or N..E.M. contact blocks with -position toggle switch. M R M R c perator Function -position, maintained -position, momentary -position, maintained -position, momentary - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

99 Back-of-Panel Components Contact Blocks with Latch Composite P M F P E a a b c d e Style Plastic latch Metal latch Contact Block(s) Termination Style Screw termination Q Spring-clamp termination Six circuits maximum allowable. b N.. (Normally pen) Circuits No contact N.. N.. N.. N.. N.. N.. c Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection N.C. (Normally Closed) Circuits No contact N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. Specialty Contact Block(s) Blank Standard blocks V Low voltage QuadCNNECT E N.. early make L N.C. late break B N.C. early break S N.C. self-monitoring d e Power Modules with Latch Composite F M N G a b c d a Style Voltage Lamp Color P Plastic latch No bulb C Incandescent M Metal latch b V AC/DC V AC/DC R G Red LED Green LED V AC/DC Y Amber LED Power Module Type V AC/DC W White LED V AC B Blue LED D Incandescent module, screw termination V AC Integrated LED module, N screw termination Q Integrated LED module, spring-clamp termination LED modules for use with all illuminated operators. Incandescent module for use with pilot lights, momentary push buttons, and momentary mushroom operators only. Four circuits maximum allowable when power module is used. Contact blocks cannot be stacked on power module. nly available for incandescent module. nly available for integrated LED module. For best illumination results, LED color should match lens color. For yellow operator, select a white LED. c d Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

100 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Back-of-Panel Components, Continued Power Modules with Contact Blocks and Latch Composite F P N R E a a b c d e f g h Style Lamp Color N.C. (Normally Closed) Circuits P Plastic latch C Incandescent No contact M Metal latch b R G Red LED Green LED N.C. N.C. Power Module Type Y Amber LED N.C. W White LED N.C. B Blue LED D Incandescent module, screw termination h Integrated LED module, e Specialty Contact Block(s) N screw termination Contact Block(s) Termination Style Q Integrated LED module, Blank Standard blocks spring-clamp termination Screw termination V Low voltage QuadCNNECT c Q Spring-clamp termination E N.. early make Voltage L N.C. late break f B N.C. early break N.. (Normally pen) Circuits No bulb S N.C. self-monitoring V AC/DC No contact V AC/DC N.. V AC/DC N.. V AC/DC N.. V AC N.. V AC Four circuits maximum allowable when power module is used. Contact blocks cannot be stacked on power module. LED modules for use with all illuminated operators. Incandescent module for use with pilot lights, push buttons, and momentary mushroom operators only. nly available for incandescent module. nly available for integrated LED module. For best illuminated results, LED should match lens color. For yellow operator, select a white LED. d g - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

101 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Back-of-Panel Components, Continued ther Pkg. Quantity Metal Mounting Latch These are zinc-plated, metal die cast mounting latches. Note: Sold only in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. F-ALM F-ALM F-ALP F- Note: Sold only in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. Plastic Mounting Latch Note: Sold only in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. F-ALM-BP F-ALP Note: Sold only in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. F-ALP-BP Pkg. Contact Type Quantity N.. F- N.C. F- N.. low voltage QuadCNNECT F-V N.C. low voltage QuadCNNECT F-V N..L.M. F-N N..E.M. F-E N..E.E.M. F-M N.C.L.B. F-L N.C.E.B. F-B Self-Monitoring F-S Contact Block Dual circuit of N.. F-D Note: Sold only in multiples of. rder Dual circuit of N.C. F-D (quantity of) to receive one package of Dual circuit of N..- N.C. F-D pieces. Latch not included. N.. with stab terminals F-T N.C. with stab terminals F-T N.. spring-clamp F-Q N.C. spring-clamp F-Q N.. spring-clamp low-voltage QuadConnect F-QV N.C. spring-clamp low-voltage QuadConnect F-QV N..E.M. spring-clamp F-QE N.C.L.B. spring clamp F-QL N.C.E.B. spring-clamp F-QB Ring lug N.. F-R Ring lug N.C. F-R Note: Sold only in multiples of. rder N.. F--BP (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. Latch not included. N.C. F--BP For use with FP-CB_ and FP-CC_ operators. For use with FP-CC_ operators. nly for use with -position selector switch, -position toggle switch, or -position push-pull operator. Cannot stack. Cannot be used in a composite catalog number. Replacement screws are available ( F-ARS) Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

102 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Back of Panel Components, Continued ther Incandescent Module For use with pilot lights, push buttons, and momentary mushroom operators. Note: Sold in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. Latch not included. Volts No bulb V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Pkg. Quantity F-DC F-DC F-DC F-DC F-DC F-DC V AC/DC F-DC V AC/DC F-NUx V AC/DC F-Nx Integrated LED Module V AC F-Nx For use with all illuminated devices. For best V AC F-Nx results, LED should match lens color. For amber operators, use yellow LED. V AC/DC spring-clamp F-Qx Note: Sold in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. V AC spring-clamp F-Qx Latch not included. V AC spring-clamp F-Qx F-NG V AC/DC ring lug F-Rx Contact Material Pkg. Quantity N.. F-B N.C. F-B Base Mounted Contact Block Base mounted contact blocks can be used in plastic or metal enclosures. Note: Sold only in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. Latch not included. N.. low voltage QuadConnect N.C. low voltage QuadConnect N..E.M. N.C.L.B. N.. spring-clamp F-BV F-BV F-BE F-BL F-BQ F-B N.C. spring-clamp F-BQ Base Mounted Integrated LED Module Base mounted modules can be used in plastic or metal enclosures. For best illumination results, LED should match lens color. Note: Sold in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. Latch not included. Volts V AC/DC Pkg. Quantity F-BNx V AC F-BNx F-BNR V AC F-BNx To complete the cat. no., replace the x with one of the following letters for the desired color: Y = Amber, R = Red, G = Green, B = Blue, W = White. Cannot be used in a composite catalog number. Replacement screws are available ( F-ARS) - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

103 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Plastic and Metal Enclosures Plastic Enclosure F-PM Plastic Enclosures (Latch or Base Mounting) Accepts two-piece snap-in legends ne-hole enclosure accepts mm emergency stop legends UL Listed, CSA Certified Type -hole Pkg. Quantity Plastic (IP, /) Metal Enclosure F-MM Metal Enclosures (Latch or Base Mounting) Feed-through design Accepts two-piece snap-in legends Includes base mount adapter Enclosures Metal Die Cast (IP, /) PG Conduit Knockouts Metric Conduit Knockouts PG Conduit penings Metric Conduit penings F-PP F-PM F-MP F-MM -hole F-PP F-PM F-MP F-MM -hole F-PP F-PM F-MP F-MM -hole F-PP F-PM -hole F-MP F-MM -hole F-PP F-PM -hole (yellow) F-YP F-YM F-MYP F-MYM -hole (yellow) latch only -hole (yellow) dual circuit Can only use single deep contact block. Can stack contact blocks two deep or one dual circuit contact block. Knockouts: PG (PG/), Metric (M/) Knockouts: PG (PG), Metric (M) penings: PG (PG), Metric (M) penings: PG (PG), Metric (M) Assembled Stations F-LYP F-LYM F-YPD F-YMD Enclosure Material perator Type Illumination Voltage Contact Configuration -Hole, Yellow Plastic -Hole, Grey Plastic -Hole, Grey Plastic -Hole, Grey Plastic Red mm momentary Non-illuminated PG Knockouts Metric Knockouts N.C. F-YPM F-YMM N../ N.C. F-YPM F-YMM N.C. F-YPM F-YMM Black mm momentary N../ N.C. F-PPM F-PMM Black Push Button N.. F-PP F-PM - -Position Selector Switch "FF-N" -Position Selector Switch N.. F-PP F-PM N.. / N.C. F-PP F-PM (Flush Black) N.. F-PP Start and Stop Push Buttons (Flush Black) (Extended Red) (Flush Black) N../ N.C. F-PP N../ N.C. F-PP Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

104 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection -Hole Enclosure E-Stop Station Enclosure Material Quick Connect perator Type Illumination Voltage Yellow Plastic Grey Metal N/A AC Micro DC Micro Mini Receptacle N/A Mini Receptacle Twist-to-Release mm Key Release mm Twist-to-Release mm Twist-to-Release mm Red half dome Twist-to-Release mm Non-Illuminated V AC/DC F-YP Contact Configuration PG Knockouts Metric Knockouts N.C. F-YP F-YM N.. / N.C. F-YP F-YM N.C. F-YP F-YM N.C. F-YP F-YM N.. / N.C. F-YP F-YM N.C. F-YP F-YM N.C. F-YP N.. / N.C. F-YP F-YML V AC N.C. F-YML V AC F-YML Non-illuminated V AC/DC N.C. F-YPHD F-YMHD N../ N.C. F-YPHD F-YMHD N.C. F-YPHD F-YMHD F-YMLHD V AC N.C. F-YMLHD V AC F-YMLHD -pin N.C. Non-Illuminated Low voltage F-YMQV -pin N.. / N.C. F-YMQA -pin Non-Illuminated/EM/Guard N.C. F-N Non-Illuminated N.C. F-YMQ N.. / N.C. F-YMQ F-YMQ Non-Illuminated/EM/Guard N.C. F-YMQVEG -pin Non-Illuminated F-YMQV -pin -pin -pin Twist-to-Release mm Twist-to-Release mm Twist-to-Release mm Key Release mm Key Release mm Key Release mm Twist-to-Release mm Twist-to-Release mm Twist-to-Release mm Please reference Assembled Station Pin ut Chart on page - Non-Illuminated N.C. F-YMQ V AC/DC N.. / N.C. F-YMQ V AC/DC N../ N.C. F-YMQ V AC N.. / N.C. F-YMQ V AC N.. / N.C. F-YMQ Non-Illuminated N.C. F-MM Non-Illuminated N.. / N.C. F-MM Non-Illuminated N.C. F-MM Non-Illuminated N.C. F-MM Non-Illuminated N.. / N.C. F-MM Non-Illuminated N.C. F-MM V AC/DC N../ N.C. F-MYMQ V AC N../ N.C. F-MYMQ V AC N../ N.C. F-MYMQ - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

105 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Assembled Stations with DeviceNet -Hole F -Hole F -Hole F V H A B C D E F H A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R T U W Y Z a b c d c d e (Hole c+d) (Hole c+d) a b c d c d c d e Hole (Hole c+d) (Hole c+d) (Hole c+d) a b c d c d c d c d e a Mounting rientation Vertical Horizontal b Enclosure Style/Legends -hole/legend frames -hole/legend frames -hole/legend frames -hole/no legend frames -hole/no legend frames -hole/no legend frames -hole/e-stop only no legend frames c perator Types Non-illuminated flush button Non-illuminated extended button Non-illuminated guarded button Illuminated flush button Illuminated extended button Illuminated guarded button Non-illuminated -pos. selector switch Non-illuminated -pos. selector switch Pilot light (diffused) Hole plug Non-illuminated TTR E-stop Non-illuminated push pull -pos. key selector switch -pos. key selector switch Non-illuminated mm mushroom E-stop key release Potentiometer Illuminated push pull Illuminated -pos. maintained selector switch Illuminated -pos. maintained selector switch Illuminated mm mushroom (Hole c+d) (Hole c+d) (Hole c+d) (Hole c+d) Color/Text White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Clear Grey No cap Amber A Green with "Start" text B Red with "Stop" text C Black with " " symbol D Black with " " symbol E Black with " " symbol F Black with " " symbol G Green with "I" symbol H Red with "" symbol L Blue with "R" text M Red with yellow metal guard N Yellow with yellow metal guard d Hole Hole Hole Blank A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R T U V W Y Hole Hole -Hole Assembled Station F-VHAAJJJ e I/ Version No external I/ input/ output (sinking) input/ output (sourcing) input output (sinking) output (sourcing) E-stop block E-stop block input/ output input/ output (sinking) input/ output (sourcing) input/ output (sinking) + E-stop block input/ output (sourcing) + E-stop block input/ output (sinking) + E-stop block input/ output (sourcing) + E-stop block input + E-stop block input + E-stop block output (sinking) + E-stop block output (sourcing) + E-stop block output (sinking) + E-stop block output (sourcing) + E-stop block input + input/ output (sinking) input + input/ output (sourcing) Selector Switches in a vertical mount enclosure are mounted with a horizontal orientation. Enclosure Style/Legend option H from Table b can only select one operator from Table c. Valid options are L,M and T. Also see footnote perator Types L, M, and T from Table c may be used as emergency stops. To be valid as an E-Stop, operators must use color/text option from Table d and it must be placed in the last hole position in the enclosure, where a yellow round E-stop legend plate is provided. An E-Stop connector also must be chosen from Table e. Also see footnote Potentiometer allowed in first hole position only. Available in flush only. This is an -in/-out device. -in and -out are assigned to each hole position in the enclosure. If a - hole enclosure is selected, -in and -out are assigned internally and up to unassigned I/ points can be assigned to external connectors. This device contains up to two physical external I/ connectors. The "+" symbol in the field of table e indicates that two external connectors exist. If an E- Stop connector is used, unassigned I/ points can be assigned to the other connector. External I/ Versions F, L, M, Q, T, and U receive only one contact block for the external E-Stop string. These connectors are rated A. If more than A of current is needed or if there are two E-Stop strings, use External I/ Versions G, N, P, R, V and W. These versions receive two contact blocks. This allows for A of switching or for two E-Stop strings. Cannot be ordered with "No Cap" ( from Table d - Color/Text). perator Types K, L, M, T, and U from Table c are not available with legend frames. nly available with non-illuminated push-pull operator (M from Table c). Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

106 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Product Selection Pendant Stations (Latch Mounting) Blank legend cap marking Connector not included. See Accessories, page -, for ordering information. Pendant Station F-P Type Pkg. Quantity Pendants Yellow Plastic (IP, //) hole in face F-P holes in face F-P hole in bottom F-P hole in face / hole in bottom F-P Assembled Two-Hole Pendant Stations Pre-Wired Pendant Station with Mini Quick Disconnect Connector Push Button and Contact Selection Pendant Station F-PN Green flush (no text) in face with N.. contact; Red pilot light in bottom with N.. contact; V AC/DC F-PN White flush (with up arrow ) with N../ N.C. contact; Black flush (with down arrow ) with N../ N.C. contact F-P Black flush (with "Forward" text) with N../ N.C. contact; Black flush (with "Reverse" text) with N../ N.C. contact F-P Black flush (with "n" text) with N.. contact; Black flush (with "ff" text) with N.C. contact F-P Green flush (with "Start" text) with N.. contact; Red flush (with "Stop" text) with N.C. contact F-P flush black push buttons (no text), each with N.. contact F-P DeviceNet Pendant Station with Mini Quick Disconnect Connector ptions Green flush push button in face, red pilot light in bottom; V DC F-PND Can only use single deep contact block. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

107 Miscellaneous F-AHA Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Accessories Type Pkg. Quantity. mm to. mm Hole Size Adapter This adapter allows a. mm push button operator to be installed in a panel with existing. mm mounting holes. Note: Comes with anti-rotation washer (F-ALC). Metal F-AHA Quick Disconnect Male receptacle for pendant stations. -pin N-MAF-F N-MAF-F -pin N-MAF-F Material Pkg. Quantity Replacement Mounting Rings Plastic F-ARP F-ARP Metal F-ARM Pkg. Quantity F-AW Mounting Ring Wrench This mounting ring wrench is used to tighten plastic or metal mounting rings quickly and securely. F-AW Bulb Removal Tool For quick and easy removal of lamps from incandescent modules. F-ALR F-ALR -MS Snap-In Marker This item can be used for circuit identification on all back-of-panel components. F-ATK Stab Terminals Can be used with all single circuit contact blocks. Minimum spacing requirements apply. See instruction sheet for details. Note: Sold only in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. F-ATK Ground Screws These are self-tapping #- (M.) ground screws for metal latches. F-AGS F-AGS F-AGS Ground Screws This accessory is used for grounding on Bulletin F plastic enclosures only. See Terminal Block section for ordering information. Sold only in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. F-AGS Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

108 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Accessories Miscellaneous, Continued Panel Thickness with Legend Plates Pkg. Quantity Locking Washer (Anti-Rotation Washer) This item provides an extra anti-rotation feature for rotary operators such as selector switches. mm F-ALC F-ALC mm F-ALC Pkg. Quantity F-ATW F-ABA Replacement Trim Washer This accessory comes standard with all enclosures. It must be used if using base-mounted contact blocks/power modules without legend plates. Replacement Base Mount Adapter This accessory comes standard with all metal enclosures. It is required when using metal enclosures with base-mounted contact blocks or basemounted power modules. F-ATW F-ABA Square Bezel Gives round operator a square appearance. This item is made of plastic. Not for use with toggle switch operators. F-ABZ F-ABZ Material Pkg. Quantity Replacement Boot for Toggle Switch Silicone F-ABJS F-ABJS Nitrile F-ABJN Black plastic F-N Hole Plug used to plug. mm holes. F-N Grey plastic F-N F-ACP Selector Switch Tabs Changes functionality of selector switch from normal to CenterLeft or CenterRight. Sold only in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. F-ACP - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

109 Guards Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Accessories Type Pkg. Quantity Shiny metal F-AMRG Protective Ring for use with non-illuminated -position maintained and illuminated/non-illuminated -position mushroom operators ( mm only) Black F-AMRGB F-AMRG Yellow Metal F-AMRGY Plastic Guard for use with the following operators: mm E-stop (SEMI Standards Compliant) mm illuminated/non-illuminated alternate action and momentary operators mm illuminated/non-illuminated momentary operators Selector switches (standard knob and key operated) Potentiometers Yellow, round F-APR F-APR F-AMEGY Narrow Plastic Guard for use with the following operators: Illuminated and non-illuminated momentary mushroom operators ( mm) only Bul. FD monolithic E-stops (SEMI standards compliant) Flush/extended/guarded push buttons Alternate action operators Selector switches (standard knob and key operated) Potentiometers Yellow F-AMEGY F-AMMG mm Protective Guard used with illuminated and non-illuminated momentary mushroom operators ( mm) only. Clear silicone Protective Boot used on illuminated and nonilluminated, flush and extended operators. Shiny Metal Flush push button Extended push button -position multi-function F-AMMG F-AB F-ABE F-AUB Protective Boots Sold in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. -position multi-function F-AUB Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

110 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Accessories Locking Attachments Type Pkg. Quantity Flush momentary, nonilluminated F-AFL F-AFL F-AEL Locking Attachments are used to lock push button in the depressed position. -N.C. contacts are open -N.. contacts may or may not be open -N.C.L.B. contacts may or may not be closed -N..E.M contacts are closed Extended momentary, nonilluminated F-AEL Momentary mushroom F-AML F-AML F-AML F-ASLL F-ASLA Selector Switch Locking Attachment Locks standard knob selector switch in specified position Selector Switch Locking Attachment Ability to put two locks on standard knob selector switch. Maintained mushroom F-AML Lock Position Pkg. Quantity -position selector switches, left lock -position selector switches, center lock - or - position selector switches, all positions F-ASLL F-ASLC F-ASLA Type Pkg. Quantity Locking Cover Used on flush, extended and guarded momentary and alternate action operators, and standard knob selector switch operators. F-AL F-AL - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

111 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Accessories ther Accessories PQ Key No. (Std) Key No. (Std) F-AKR F-AKR F-AKR F-AKR F-AKR F-AKR Replacement Ronis Key F-AKR F-AKR Standard replacement key is F-AKR F-AKR F-AKR. F-AKR F-AKR F-AKR F-AKR F-AKR F-AKR F-AKR F-AKR F-AKR Volts PQ Diode Module For lamp checking circuits. F-D Latch not included. up to V AC Null Block F-N For wire terminations only. F-D PQ F-WN Potentiometer Legend Plate Scale F-WN Potentiometer Legend Plate Graphical scale F-WG F-WG Resistance PQ Ω F-AC Ω F-AC Replacement Resistive Elements for the FP Potentiometer operator. Ω F-AC Ω F-AC Ω F-AC F-AC Ω F-AC PQ = Pkg. Quantity Master key. See page - for details. Standard package quantity is one set with two keys. Sold only in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. Replacement Lamps for Incandescent Module Lamp Type Typical Current Voltage ANSI No. Pkg. Quantity ma V AC/DC F-N ma V AC/DC F-N Full Voltage Incandescent ma V AC/DC F-N ma V AC/DC F-N F-N ma V AC/DC F-N F-N Neon ma V AC F-N LED ma V AC/DC T-Nx ma/ ma V AC/DC T-Nx ma/ ma V AC/DC T-Nx. ma/. ma V AC/DC T-Nx Sold in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. To complete the cat. no., replace the x with one of the following letters for the desired color: A = Amber; B = Blue; G = Green; R = Red; W = White. White LEDs only available in V and V. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

112 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Accessories Caps, Diffusers, Lenses Color caps listed below are for completion of devices ordered with color caps omitted. Accessory Color Caps (without Text) Color range Pkg. Quantity Color Caps, Non-Illuminated Momentary Extended Momentary Flush/Guarded Alternate Action Flush F-AE F-AF F-AFA White F-AE F-AF F-AFA Accessory Color Caps Multi-Function perators (without Text) Black F-AE F-AF F-AFA Green F-AE F-AF F-AFA Red F-AE F-AF F-AFA Yellow F-AE F-AF F-AFA Blue F-AE F-AF F-AFA Grey F-AF Color White Pkg. Quantity Accessory Color Lens Caps and Pilot Light Lenses (without Text) Color Caps, Non-Illuminated Flush F-AFU Extended F-AEU Black F-AFU F-AEU Green F-AFU F-AEU Red F-AFU F-AEU Yellow F-AFU F-AEU Blue F-AFU F-AEU Color Amber Pkg. Quantity Illuminated Color Lens Caps Flush, Alternate Action Illuminated Color Lens Caps Extended, Guarded Pilot Light Lenses Standard Lens F-ALF F-ALE F-AP Green F-ALF F-ALE F-AP Red F-ALF F-ALE F-AP Yellow F-ALF F-ALE F-AP Blue F-ALF F-ALE F-AP Sold only in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. Includes diffuser. Clear F-ALF F-ALE F-AP perator Diffusers (without Text) Diffusers Pkg. Quantity Illuminated Push Buttons Flush F-AD Pilot Lights F-AD F-AD Illuminated Push Buttons Extended, Guarded F-AD - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

113 Two-Color Molded Legend Caps Non-Illuminated Push Buttons AF AE F AF a Button Cap Type a b c Flush Extended b Color Cap White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Available in flush only. White and yellow caps have black text. All other color caps have white text. Valid color cap text codes include: Color Flush Caps Text Extended Caps White FRWARD, REVERSE, START, I,, R, R Black FRWARD, REVERSE,, R STP,,, R Green FRWARD, REVERSE, START, I, Red FRWARD, REVERSE, STP,, STP,, Yellow FRWARD, REVERSE, Blue FRWARD, REVERSE,, R, R Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons F-YSE Legend Text English START STP I FRWARD REVERSE R c Accessories Emergency Stop Legend Plates F YS a b. mm mounting hole Y YS Y a Size/Color (Yellow) mm round (. mm mounting hole) mm round (. mm mounting hole) mm round (. mm mounting hole) Blank E F S G T N b Text No text EMERGENCY STP ARRÊT D URGENCE PARADA DE EMERGENCIA NT HALT ARREST EMERGENZA NÖDSTPP, EMERGENCY STP Sold only multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. Not for use with base mounted contact blocks. Not available on YS version. Text printed on the Y version only. Text printed on the YS & Y versions only. W A B D M L H b (cont'd) Text NØDSTPP, EMERGENCY STP NØDSTP EMERGENCY STP, ARRÊT D URGENCE, PARADA DE EMERGENCIA NDSTP NT HALT, ARREST EMERGENZA, ARRÊT D URGENCE EMERGENCY STP, ARRÊT D URGENCE, NT HALT NEYÐARSTPP, NEYÐARSTPP NÖD-STP, HÄTÄ-SEIS, NÖD-STP Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

114 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plates rdering Information Standard Text/Symbols. Select the cat. no. for the appropriate legend size and color from the Selection Tables on this page.. Complete the cat. no. by adding the appropriate suffix no. selected from pages - -. Font size is automatically determined by the number of characters, as shown in the following table. Do not add the font code to the cat. no. No. of Characters Font Size ne-piece Legend Plate Two-Piece Legend Plate Special Multi-Function Legend Plate K (small) > > > S (standard) Example: F-WE identifies a white, x mm snap-in legend plate and frame with AUT engraved on it. Custom Text (text found on pages - -). Select the cat. no. for the appropriate legend size and color from the Selection Tables on this page.. Add E followed by the font code (K, S, L) from the following table. Type of Legend Plate ne-piece Two-Piece Special Multi- Function Max. No. of Max. Lines Max. Max. No. of Lines Max. Max. Char. Char. x mm Char. No. Font Size per Line x mm x mm per Line x mm or x mm per Line of Lines K (small) S (standard) L (large). Complete the cat. no. by adding custom text to the order item s memo text or notes field. Example: F-WEK, with STARTER text entered into memo text on order, identifies a white, x mm snap-in legend plate and frame with custom text STARTER engraved in small font. Selection Tables F- x Type (Blank) (with Text Symbols) x mm Red with white text F-RE F-R -piece White with black text F-WE F-W snap-in plate and Black with white text F-BE F-B frame Aluminum with black text F-AE F-A x mm White with black text F-WE F-W -piece snap-in Black with white text F-BE F-B plate and frame Aluminum with black text F-AE F-A x mm White with black text F-WE F-W -piece snap-in Black with white text F-BE F-B plate and frame Aluminum with black text F-AE F-A Special White with black text F-WE multifunction - Black with white text F-BE piece snapin plates Aluminum with black text F-AE and frame Red with white text F-RE F-R x mm White with black text F-WE F-W -piece Black with white text F-BE F-B Aluminum with black text F-AE F-A Red with white text F-RE F-R x mm White with black text F-WE F-W -piece Black with white text F-BE F-B Aluminum with black text F-AE F-A Red with white text F-RE F-R x mm White with black text F-WE F-W snap-in plate only Black with white text F-BE F-B Aluminum with black text F-AE F-A x mm White with black text F-WE F-W snap-in Black with white text F-BE F-B plate only Aluminum with black text F-AE F-A Special White with black text F-WE F-W multifunction Black with white text F-BE F-B snap-in plate only Aluminum with black text F-AE F-A x mm -piece Yellow with black text F-YE F-Y Legend Plate Frame -Piece Snap-In Type Type x mm F- x mm F- x mm F- Special multifunction F- Blank legend frames sold only in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. Legends with standard text/symbols or custom text are packaged in quantities of. Font code K =. in; font code S =. in; font code L =. in. Three snap-in plates are required for each legend frame. For configuration assistance, see RAISE product selection software. Plate dimensions found on pages Publication A-CAA-EN-P

115 Custom Laser-Engraved Caps and Diffusers rdering Information Standard Text/Symbols. Select the cat. no. for the appropriate product and color from the Configurator Tables on this page.. Complete the cat. no. by adding the appropriate suffix no. selected from pages - -. Example: F-AFCE identifies a flush, green cap with custom-engraved text N.. Font size is automatically determined by the number of characters. Do not add a font code to the cat. no. Font Size No. of Characters pt. pt. pt. Custom Text (text found on pages - -). Select the cat. no. for the appropriate product and color from the Configurator Tables on this page.. Add E followed by the font code (G, H, J), based on the number of custom characters.. Complete the cat. no. by adding custom text to the order item s memo text or notes field. Example: F-AFCEJ, with FILL text entered into memo text on order, identifies a flush, green push button cap with custom laser-engraved text FILL in large font. Font Size No. of Characters Max. No. of Lines G (small) ( pt.) H (standard) ( pt.) J (large) ( pt.) Custom Symbols/Graphics (symbols found on page -). Select the cat. no. for the appropriate product and color from the Configurator Tables on this page.. Add U to identify the custom symbol or graphic.. Please contact your local Allen-Bradley sales office to submit the graphic. Example: F-ADCU Package quantity of one for all laser-engraved caps and diffusers. Standard font is Arial Narrow. Seven characters maximum allowable. For configuration assistance, see RAISE product selection software. Configurator Tables Position C Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Position A Multi-Function Cap Positions Push Button, Multi-Function Caps F A F C a b Type E Push button extended cap F Push button flush cap FA Alternate action cap FAU Multi-function flush cap (for position A) EAU Multi-function extended cap (for position A) FCU Multi-function flush cap (for position C) ECU Multi-function extended cap (for position C) Color Amber White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Pilot Light Diffuser F ADC Illuminated Push Button Diffusers F F ADC ADC a b (Flush or Alternate Action) Accessories (Extended and Guarded) Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

116 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Accessories Legend Texts Standard Symbols Suffix Marking Std. No. (Blank) Blank U U START IS U IS U START IS U CNTINUUS MTIN LEFT, RIGHT U CNTINUUS MTIN UP, DWN U STP U I STEP U II STEP U -I STP-START U I- START-STP U I-II U I--II U U U I-II-III U CNTINUUS MTIN U CNTINUUS MTIN U CNTINUUS MTIN U III STEP U U I--I START-STP-START U -- U IV STEP U V STEP U CNTINUUS MTIN IS U LINEAR MTIN TW DIRECTINS IS U VERTICAL MTIN U INTERRUPTED MTIN U LIMITED MTIN IS U LIMITED MTIN AND RETURN IS U SCILLATING MTIN, CNTINUUS CYCLE U CNTINUUS RTATIN T RIGHT DIN, IS A U Items in grey shaded table cells only available on legend plates. Not available as laser-engraved text on button caps, illuminated push button diffusers, or pilot light diffusers. Not available on - or - legend plates. Not available on -, -, or - legend plates. Not available on - legend plates. Not available on - legend plates. Not available on - legend plates. Marking Std. Suffix No. CNTINUUS RTATIN T LEFT IS B U INTERRUPTED RTATIN T LEFT U INTERRUPTED RTATIN T RIGHT U DIRECTIN F SPINDLE SPEED U FEED IS U REDUCED SPEED U RAPID FEED U NRMAL FEED U LNGITUDINAL FEED U TRANSVERSE FEED U RAPID TRANSVERSE IS U THREADING U INCREASE IS U DECREASE IS U CNVENTINAL MILLING U CLIMB MILLING U ELECTRIC MTR IS U TURNING SPINDLE U DRILLING SPINDLE U MILLING SPINDLE U GRINDING SPINDLE U PUMP IS U CLANT PUMP U LUBRICATIN PUMP U HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS PUMP U HYDRAULIC MTR U TRACER U SHEAR PIN CNSTRUCTIN IS U ATTENTIN/DANGER DIN, IS U CAUTIN IS U MAIN SWITCH IS U ACUSTIC WARNING EQUIPMENT DIN U - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

117 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Accessories Standard Symbols, Continued Marking Std. Suffix No. SETUP DIN U CLANT FLUID IS U LIGHT IS, U WEIGHT U REFILLING DIN, IS U FULL LEVEL U DRAIN VERFLW IL LUBRICATIN BLWING UNIT SUCTIN UNIT DIN, IS DIN, IS DIN, IS DIN, IS DIN, IS U U U U U STEPLESS PERATIN IS U CLAMP R TIGHTEN IS A U CLAMP R TIGHTEN U LSEN IS A U LSEN U BRAKE N IS U BRAKE RELEASE IS U AUT CYCLE U MANUAL DIN U START IS U STP IS U TAKE ACTIN WHEN CNTRL IS PERATING ENGAGE DISENGAGE U DIN, IS DIN, IS U U ENGAGE TRACE U DISENGAGE TRACE U CHANGE SPEED NLY IN STPPED PSITIN CHANGE SPEED NLY WHEN IN MTIN CNTINUUS ADJUSTMENT AUTMATIC R SEMIAUTMATIC CYCLE U U IS DIN U U R RESET U Not available on - or - legend plates. Not available on - legend plates. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

118 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Accessories Legend Texts, Continued Standard Text English Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. (Blank) E FR-FF-REV E LAST STP E PULL T RESET E START E I--AUT E FR-REV E LEFT E PUMP STP E START CYCLE E ACCU-STP E FR-STP-REV E LEFT-RIGHT E PURGE E START-JG E AT SPEED E FRWARD E LCAL-REMTE E PUSH T STP E START-STP E AUT E LW E PUSH T STP- STP E FRWARD-AUT- E TWIST R PULL, E AUT--HAND E REVERSE LW-HIGH E RELEASE STP-CYCLE E AUT-HAND E FRWARD-FF- LW-FF-HIGH E PUSH-T-TEST E STP-RESET E E AUT-MAN-FF E REVERSE LW SPEED E RAISE E STP-START E AUT-MANUAL E FRWARD-STP- LWER E RAISE-LWER E SUMMER-FF- E AUT-FF-HAND E REVERSE LW-FF-RAISE E RAISE-FF-LWER E WINTER E BLWER E FRWARD- LWER-RAISE E READY E SUMMER-WINTER E E BRAKE E REVERSE MANUAL E RESET E SUPPLY N E BYPASS-FF- DRIVE E FULL SPEED E MAN--AUT E RETURN E TEST E BYPASS N E HAND E MAN-AUT E REV-FR E TRANSFER E BYPASS START E HAND-I-AUT E MANUAL-AUT E REVERSE E TRIP E BYPASS STP E HAND--AUT E MAN-FF-AUT E UNCLAMP E REVERSE- MANUAL-FF- E CLAMP E HAND-AUT E E FRWARD UP E AUT CLSE E HAND-FF-AUT E MTR RUN E REVERSE-FF- UP-DWN E E CYCLE START E HAND FF E MTR RUNNING E FRWARD UP-FF-DWN E DECREASE E HAND N E MTR START E RIGHT E DRIVE-START E HAND START E MTR STP E RIGHT-LEFT E DRIVE-STP E HAND STP E MTR STPPED E RTATE CW E DWN E HEAT E N FLIP E RTATE CCW E DWN-FF-UP E HIGH E FF E RUN E DRIVE N E HIGH-LW E FF CIRCUIT E RUN-JG E EMERG STP E HIGH-FF-LW E FF-CLANT-N E RUN-SAFE-JG E EMERGENCY E IN E FF-LIGHT-N E RUNNING E EMERGENCY FF E IN-UT E FF-N E SAFE E EMERGENCY STP E INCH E N E SAFE-RUN E ENABLE E INCH-REV E N CIRCUIT E SETUP E ENTER E INCH-REVERSE E N-FF E SETUP-RUN E ERRR E INCH-RUN E N-FF-AUT E SETUP-SERVICE E EHAUSTER E INCREASE E N-STP-SAFE E SEQUENCE-TEST E FAULT E INSPECT E PEN E SLW E FAST E JG E PEN-CLSE E SLWER E FAST-FF-SLW E JG-FR E PEN-FF-CLSE E SLWEST E FASTER E JG-FRWARD E UT E SLW-FAST E FEED START E JG-FF-RUN E VERLAD E SLW-FF-FAST E FEED STP E JG-REV E VERLAD TRIP E SLW-STP-FAST E FEEDER FF E JG-REVERSE E VERLAD RESET E SLW-FF-START E FEEDER N E JG-RUN E PWER FF E SLW SPEED E FIF E JG-SAFE-RUN E PWER N E SFT STP E FR-AUT-REV E JG-STP-RUN E PULL T START E SPEED E Items in grey shaded table cells only available on legend plates. Not available as laser-engraved text on button caps, illuminated push button diffusers, or pilot light diffusers. Not available on - or - legend plates. Not available on - legend plates. Not available on - legend plates. Not available on - legend plates. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

119 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Accessories Legend Texts, Continued Standard Text, Continued French Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. A-CUPS F AVANT-ARRÊT- DESCENDRE F HRS MANUEL F MARCHE-ARRÊT F F ACCU-STP F ARRIÈRE DRIT F LENT F MNTER F ARRIÈRE F AVANT-ARRIÈRE F EN F LENT-ARRÊT-VITE F UVRIR F ARRÊT F AV-ARR F EN CIRCUIT F M FRCEE F PANNE F ARRÊT D ENTR F AV-HRS-ARR F EN MANUEL F MANUEL F RAP-HRS-LENT F ARRÊT DU F BAS F FERMER F RAPIDE F MANUEL-ARRÊT- ARRÊT F F BAS-ARRÊT-HAUT F FREINAGE F AUT RÉGLER F D URGENCE ARRÊT-MANUEL F DEMAR. D-ENTR F GAUCHE F MANUEL-AUT F SURCHARGE F VARIATEUR ARRÊT-MARCHE F DEMAR.-MAN. F HAUT F F MANUEL-HRS- ALIMENTÉ F DÉRIV-ARRÉT- AUT ARRÊT PMPE F F HAUT-HRS-BAS F VIT. ATTEINT F EFN AUT F DÉRIV ARRÉT F HRS F MARCHE F VIT. LENTE F AUT-MANUAL F DÉRIV MARCHE F HRS CIRCUIT F VITESSE F AVANT F DÉRIVATIN ALIMENTÉ F HRS-EN F Spanish Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. ABRIR S ARRANQUE S DERECHA S MARCHA S PARADA-MARCHA S ADELANTE S ATRÁS S EN SERVICI S MARCHA-PAR S PAR S ADELANTE-ATRÁS S BAJADA S IZQUIERDA S PARADA S SUBIDA S ADELANTE-PARADA- BAJAR S MANUAL S PARADA DE SUBIR S S S ATRÁS CERRAR S MANUAL-AUT S EMERGENCIA German Italian Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. AB G EINRICHTEN G LANGSAM G ÖFFNEN G VR G AUF G HAND G LINKS G RECHTS G VR-AUS-ZURÜCK G AUS G HAND-AUS-AUT G LINKS-RECHTS G SCHNELL G VR-ZURÜCK G AUS-EIN G HAND-AUT G NIEDRIG G SENKEN G ZU G BETRIEB G HEBEN G NIEDRIG-AUS- HCH G STÖRUNG G ZURÜCK G EIN G HCH G NT AUS G ARREST EMERGENZA T Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. ABBASSARE T AVANTI-DISINS- DISCESA T IN SERVIZI T MARCIA-ARREST T T ALT T INDIETR DISINS-INS T LENT T PREPARARE T APRIRE T AVANTI-INDIETR T DISINSERIT T MANUALE T RAPID T ARREST T BASS T DISTURB T MANUALE-AUT T RTAZINE CW T BASS-DISINS- T EMERGENZA T ALT MANUALE-DISINS- RTAZINE CCW T T AUT DESTRA T INDIETR T SALITA T AUTMATIC T CHIUDERE T INSERIT T MARCIA T SINISTRA T AVANTI T Swedish Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. Marking Suffix No. BACK N HÖGER N NERN UPP N VÄNSTER N FRAM N Items in grey shaded table cells only available on legend plates. Not available as laser-engraved text on button caps, illuminated push button diffusers, or pilot light diffusers. Not available on - legend plates. Not available on - legend plates. Not available on - legend plates. nly available on legend plates and AD or AD diffusers. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

120 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Refer to RAISE software for additional dimensional information. Non-Illuminated and Illuminated Momentary Flush Push Button perators Illuminated Momentary Guarded Push Button perators Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Momentary Extended Push Button perators Reset perators with Reset Rod... Non-Illuminated Guarded, Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Alternate Action Push Button perators Pilot Light perators mm Half Dome. mm Mushroom Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Momentary Mushroom perators mm and mm.. perator A mm. mm. Toggle Switch perators Selector Jog perators - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

121 Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Non-Illuminated -Position -Position Multi-Function perators Multi-Function perators Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Potentiometer perator.. Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Knob Selector Switch perators Non-Illuminated Knob Lever Selector Switch perators Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Twist-to-Release perators mm, mm, and mm Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Mushroom perators mm, mm, and mm Key Selector Switch and Key Ejected SensEject perators perator A mm. mm. mm. Mushroom Key Release perator mm Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

122 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Back-of-Panel Components Back-of-Panel Components Incandescent Module with Latch LED Module with Latch Back-of-Panel Components Contact Cartridges with Latch Back-of-Panel Components Dual Circuit Contact Block or Self Monitoring Contact Block (Max. of Deep) Potentiometer with Resistive Element. Customer Supplied Resistive Element a b a (Ø Dia.) b (Length) x mm Snap-In Legend Plate. (.) (.) Max.. (.) (.) Dimensions in millimeters (inches). Min.. (.) (.) x mm Snap-In Legend Plate Plate. mm x. mm Plate. mm x. mm - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

123 Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. mm Round Legend Y mm Round Legend YS Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons x mm Snap-In Legend Plate Approximate Dimensions mm Round Legend Potentiometer Legend Plate (Series A) Trim Washer Special Multi-Function Snap-In Legend Plate Plate. mm x. mm Anti-Rotation Washer x mm ne-piece Legend Plate x mm ne-piece Legend Plate mm to. mm Hole Adapter x mm ne-piece Legend Plate Base Mount Adapter.. Hole Plug.. Note: Panel thickness range is.. mm maximum. Panel thickness reduced to mm (standard anti-rotation washer) or mm (thin anti-rotation washer) when optional legend plates are used. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

124 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Locking Cover Maintained Mushroom Locking Attachment Momentary Mushroom Locking Attachment Extended Non-Illuminated Locking Attachment Flush Non-Illuminated Locking Attachment Selector Switch Locking Cover (Same for all Lock Positions) Narrow Guard Protective Ring.. Plastic Guard Publication A-CAA-EN-P

125 EMERGENCY Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Plastic Enclosures Pendant Stations W L D D No. of Holes A B C D Mounting Holes F-P F-Y D F-P. F-P F-P. F-P Mounting screw pan head with diameter mm. W L Note: Cable opening =. mm diameter Instruction Sheet A mm +,,, +,, +,, PTINAL EN PTIN PTINAL PCINAL PZINALE = Ø Ø Metal Enclosures A B + S T P ø, ø D / / / / D No. of Units (Holes) A B D F-M F-M. F-M. F-M. P = PG conduit holes or M = Metric conduit holes "Clic" A, -, mm (# - # AWG) - mm mm -, mm "Clic", mm, mm mm, -, mm (# - # AWG) "Clic" B "Clic" - mm -, mm PLASTIC PLASTIK PLASTIQUE PLÁSTIC PLÁSTICA, Nm lb-in METAL, Nm METALL lb-in MÉTAL METALL M,, -, Nm - lb-in, Nm lb-in Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

126 Bulletin F. mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Assembled Station Pin ut Chart J = Jumper Connector Style / No. of Pins Location A to Pin # B to Pin # Location C to Pin # D to Pin # Location F-YMQV AC Micro / -pin BV BV F-YMQA AC Micro / -pin B B B F-N E to Pin # F to Pin # B / / F-YMQ B / / F-YMQ DC Micro / -pin BV BV F-YMQ BV BV F-YMQVEG BV BV F-YMQV DC Micro / -pin BV BV F-YMQ B Mini Receptacle / -pin F-YMQ B J B BNR J J F-YMQ B J B BNR J J F-YMQ B J B BNR J J F-YMQ B J B BNR J J Mini Receptacle / -pin F-MYMQ B J B BNR J J F-MYMQ B J B BNR J J F-MYMQ B J B BNR J J G to Pin # - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

127 Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations Product verview Bulletin FC Configured Pendant Stations -, -, -, and -button configurations -, -, and -speed push buttons IP, NEMA Type // Finger-safe contact blocks Buttons are flush-mounted with the enclosure to reduce accidental operation Use of standard Bul. F extended push buttons Electrical and mechanical interlocks Bulletin FP -, -, and -Speed perators IP/IP, NEMA Type // Engineering grade thermoplastics Chemical-resistant for harsh environments Booted operator perator Mounting - Vertical vs. Horizontal Definition Due to the design of the enclosures, operators are mounted in both a vertical and horizontal orientation. The easiest way to visualize the operator orientation is by observing the contact block direction attached to the operators. If the contact blocks are mounted vertically the operator is mounted vertically in the enclosure. Vertical mounted operators are only found in position & of the - hole enclosure. If the contact blocks are mounted horizontally the operator is mounted horizontally in the enclosure. Horizontal mounted operators are found in position of the -hole enclosure and all positions of the -...-hole enclosures. It is necessary to know this when ordering individual operators for populating at the customer location. Mechanical Interlock -, -, and -speed operators Screw-down mounting -across x deep contact blocks Snap-down contact blocks Bifurcated and Quad Connect contact blocks Color-coded contact blocks Table of Contents Product Selection... - Catalog Number Explanation... - Accessories... - Specifications... - Approximate Dimensions... - Product Certifications UR/UL, CSA, Certifications CCC, CE Standards Compliance Terminal Identification RoHS NEMA ICS-, UL, CSA C. No., EN IS, EN -, EN --, EN -- EN/IEC - perator Sequence when using a Mechanical Interlock The -, -, and -speed operators can be mounted with either our standard F-ALP latch or a mechanical interlocking latch ( FC-ALP). For the -hole enclosure, the mechanical interlock can only be located in positions &, with the black operator being located in position and the white operator being located in position. For the - -hole enclosures, the mechanical interlock can be located in any two adjacent positions. For the - -hole enclosures, the white operator will be located in position of the mechanical interlock and the black operator will be located in position + of the mechanical interlock. perator Assembly Sequence and Mounting rientation Vertical Mount perators Horizontal Mount perators Position Pos. Pos. Multi- perator Multi-perator Position + Position Position Position Position.... Position Position..... Position Position Position -Hole Enclosure -Hole Enclosure -Hole Enclosure -Hole Enclosure perator in Position is mounted horizontal, contact blocks are horizontal. perators in Positions & are mounted vertical, contact blocks are vertical. perators in all positions are mounted horizontal, contact blocks are horizontal. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

128 Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Selection Product Selection Enclosures Enclosure Type -hole -hole -hole -hole Pkg. Quantity Pendants Yellow Plastic IP FC-Z FC-Z FC-Z FC-Z Housings supplied with cable sleeve, hanger ring, cable clamp, wire guides, and gasket. -, -, and -Speed perators a perator Type A -speed single arrow D -speed double arrow B -speed C -speed Proper contact block assembly of these devices is required. Please see contact block information on page. b Cap Color White Black Arrow Direction Chart UP FRWARD RIGHT DWN REVERSE LEFT FC-Z FP C A U a b c Valid with Table a Selections: c FC-Z Symbol Vertical Mounting Horizontal Mounting Black with White Arrow White with Black Arrow White with Black Arrow Black with White Arrow U A, B, C Blank Blank Blank Blank ne-speed perators U DWN UP U RIGHT LEFT U A REVERSE FRWARD U FRWARD REVERSE U LEFT RIGHT UP DWN U DWN FAST UP FAST U RIGHT FAST LEFT FAST U D REVERSE FAST FRWARD FAST U FRWARD FAST REVERSE FAST U LEFT FAST RIGHT FAST UP FAST DWN FAST Two-Speed perators U -speed DWN -speed UP U -speed RIGHT -speed LEFT U B -speed REVERSE -speed FRWARD U -speed FRWARD U -speed LEFT -speed RIGHT -speed UP -speed REVERSE -speed DWN Three-Speed perators U -speed DWN -speed UP U -speed RIGHT -speed LEFT U U C -speed REVERSE -speed FRWARD -speed FRWARD U -speed LEFT -speed RIGHT -speed UP -speed REVERSE -speed DWN Note: Please see page for proper latch and contact block configurations. Text (DWN, UP, LEFT, etc.) indicates arrow direction. Text is not printed on operators. F-ALP (standard latch) and FC-ALP (mechanical interlock latch) can be used with these operators. Booted style of operators for pendant stations. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

129 Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Selection Bul. F Two-Position Twist-to-Release and Twist-to-Release/Push-Pull perators perator Guard Twist-to-release Red FP-MTP Twist-to-release Red, illuminated FP-LMTPN R Keyed twist-to-release Red FP-MKP Twist-to-release or push-pull Red, monolithic FD-MT Twist-to-release or push-pull Red, monolithic with guard, monolithic FD-MT F-AMEGY Select for V AC/DC or for V AC. Bul. F Push Button perators and Caps Extended & Non-Illuminated Cap Color Black White Green Red Yellow Blue Composite / No Electrical Interlock Symbol Definition perator Cap Complete perator Composite / Electrical Interlock Blank FP-E FP-EP FP-EP LEFT or DWN Single arrow F-AE FP-E FP-EP FP-EP REVERSE Single arrow F-AECU FP-EU FP-EUP FP-EUP Double arrow FP-E F-AECU FP-EU FP-EUP FP-EUP LEFT FAST or DWN FAST REVERSE FAST Double arrow F-AECU FP-EU FP-EUP FP-EUP Blank FP-E FP-EP FP-EP UP or RIGHT Single arrow F-AE FP-E FP-EP FP-EP FRWARD Single arrow F-AECU FP-EU FP-EUP FP-EUP UP FAST or RIGHT FP-E Double arrow FAST F-AECU FP-EU FP-EUP FP-EUP FRWARD FAST Double arrow F-AECU FP-EU FP-EUP FP-EUP Blank FP-E FP-EP START/ALARM Start/Alarm F-AECU FP-EU FP-EUP FP-E START Start symbol F-AECU FP-EU FP-EUP Blank FP-E FP-EP STP Stop symbol FP-E F-AE FP-E FP-EP Blank FP-E FP-EP ALARM Alarm FP-E F-AECU FP-EU FP-EUP Blank FP-E FP-EP R Reset symbol FP-E F-AE FP-E FP-EP For V AC/DC units, add V for low voltage contact blocks. Example: FP-EP becomes FP-EPV. Mechanical interlock is not allowed. Bul. F Push Button perators Extended & Illuminated Lens Color perator Composite Green FP-LE FP-LEPN G Red FP-LE FP-LEPN R Yellow FP-LE FP-LEPN W Blue FP-LE FP-LEPN B Clear FP-LE FP-LEPN W Select for V AC/DC or for V AC. Mechanical interlock is not allowed. Bul. F Selector Switch perators Maintained & Non-Illuminated Number of Positions Keyed perator Composite No FP-SM FP-SMP Yes FP-KM FP-KMP No FP-SM FP-SMP Yes FP-KM FP-KMP For V AC/DC units, add V for low voltage contact blocks. Example: FP-EP becomes FP-EPV. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

130 Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations Product Selection Bul. F Multi perators and Caps Extended C B A Vertical Mounting Symbol Definition Illumination perator Blank (black and white cap) UP (white)/dwn (black) RIGHT (white)/left (black) FRWARD (white)/reverse (black) UP FAST (white)/dwn FAST (black) RIGHT FAST (white)/left FAST (black) FRWARD FAST (white)/reverse FAST (black) LEFT (black)/right (white) DWN (black)/up (white) REVERSE (black)/frward (white) LEFT FAST (black)/up FAST (white) DWN FAST (black)/up FAST (white) REVERSE FAST (black)/frward FAST (white) Single arrow Single arrow Single arrow Double arrow Double arrow Double arrow Single arrow Single arrow Single arrow Double arrow Double arrow Double arrow C B Position A Cap A Horizontal Mounting Position C Cap Back of Panel Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P F-AEU F-AEU Illuminated FP-LU F-PN W Vertical Mounting Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P F-AECUCU F-AECUCU Illuminated FP-LU F-PN W Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P F-AECUCU F-AECUCU Illuminated FP-LU F-PN W Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P Illuminated FP-LU F-AECUCU F-AECUCU F-PN W Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P Illuminated FP-LU F-AECUCU F-AECUCU F-PN W Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P Illuminated FP-LU F-AECUCU F-AECUCU F-PN W Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P Illuminated FP-LU F-AECUCU F-AECUCU F-PN W Horizontal Mounting Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P F-AECUCU F-AECUCU Illuminated FP-LU F-PN W Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P F-AECUCU F-AECUCU Illuminated FP-LU F-PN W Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P Illuminated FP-LU F-AECUCU F-AECUCU F-PN W Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P Illuminated FP-LU F-AECUCU F-AECUCU F-PN W Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P Illuminated FP-LU F-AECUCU F-AECUCU F-PN W Non-Illuminated FP-U F-P Illuminated FP-LU F-AECUCU F-AECUCU F-PN W Select for V AC/DC or for V AC. For V AC/DC units, add V for low voltage contact blocks. Example: F-P becomes F-PV Electrical interlock cannot be performed within the pendant enclosure. Mechanical interlock is not allowed. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

131 Bul. F Pilot Lights Monolithic Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations Bul. F Potentiometer perators Product Selection Lens Color Lamp Voltage Green Red Yellow Blue Clear Bul. F Hole Plug V AC/DC FD-PN V AC FD-PN V AC/DC FD-PN V AC FD-PN V AC/DC FD-PN V AC FD-PN V AC/DC FD-PN V AC FD-PN V AC/DC FD-PN V AC FD-PN Resistive Element (Ω) FP-PT FP-PT FP-PT FP-PT FP-PT FP-PT nly available in Position for a -hole enclosure, Positions and/or for a -hole enclosure, Positions and/or for a -hole enclosure, and positions and/or for a -hole enclosure. No latches are required. Color Black plastic F-N -, -, and -Speed Contact Block Assemblies FC-ALP F-ALP Separate Catalog Numbers perator Type Interlock Type Composite Latch Contact Block Location Contact Block Location Contact Block Location No interlock F-PE F-ALP Electrical interlock F-PC F-ALP F-B -speed Mechanical interlock F-LC FC-ALP F-E Electrical & mechanical interlock F-LC FC-ALP F-B No interlock F-PC F-ALP -speed Electrical interlock F-PC F-ALP F-B F-N F-E Mechanical interlock F-LC FC-ALP (Speed ) (Speed ) Electrical & mechanical interlock F-LC FC-ALP F-B -speed No interlock F-PC F-ALP F-N F-E F-M F-N Mechanical interlock F-LC FC-ALP (Speed ) (Speed ) (Speed ) Contact blocks come preassembled onto latch. For proper operation, F-M must be mounted in position of either the mechanical or standard latch. When ordering separate components, two pieces of each contact block must be ordered, one for each operator. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

132 Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations Catalog Number Explanation Catalog Number Explanation Configured Pendant Stations FC a b b c c d d e e f f g g h h j j k k Pos. Pos. Pos. Pos. Pos. Pos. Pos. Pos. Pos. - -hole - -hole Note: A code from Tables b k and b k must be specified for each operator to create a valid cat. no. Enclosure Legend -Hole -Hole -Hole -Hole Voltage Plate V AC/DC No V AC V AC/DC A C E G Yes V AC B D F H a nly available in position of a -hole enclosure and in positions & of a - -hole enclosure. Monolithic style device provided. For a -hole enclosure, when a mechanical interlock (c & d = M or B) is selected with a - -speed operator, the black operator will be located in position of the enclosure and the opposite white operator will be placed in position of the enclosure (Example: ABMAFM or BDMBUM). For a -...-hole enclosure, when a mechanical interlock (b k = M or B) is selected with a - -speed operator, the white operator will be located in position of the mechanical interlock and the opposite black operator will be placed in position + of the mechanical interlock (Example: AFMABM or BUMBDM). Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = N (no interlock, no additional boots) is not allowed. Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = E (electrical interlock, no additional boots) is not allowed. Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = M (mechanical interlock) is not allowed. Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = B (electrical and mechanical interlock) is not allowed. Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = R (no interlock, additional rubber boot) is not allowed. Interlock and/or rubber boot selection = S (electrical interlock, additional rubber boot) is not allowed. nly available in position for a -hole enclosure, positions and/or for a -hole enclosure, positions and/or for a -hole enclosure, and positions and/or for a -hole enclosure. For proper installation, a trim washer or F-_ legend plate must be installed with this operator. N E M B R S b k Interlock and/or Rubber Boot No interlock, no additional boots Electrical interlock, no additional boots Mechanical interlock, boots standard Electrical and mechanical interlock, boots standard No interlock, additional rubber boot Electrical interlock, additional rubber boot b k perator Type Single Speed perators for use with Mechanical Interlock Legend Plate Text (When Selected) A Black operator (no text or symbol) Blank AB Black operator with arrow (reverse down/left) /H CRANE, REVERSE AD Black operator with arrow (down) LIFT, DWN AL Black operator with arrow (left) HIST, LEFT A White operator (no text or symbol) Blank AF White operator with arrow (forward up/right) /H CRANE, FRWARD AR White operator with arrow (right) HIST, RIGHT AU White operator with arrow (up) LIFT, UP Fast Single Speed perators for use with Mechanical Interlock Legend Plate Text (When Selected) DB Black operator with double arrow (reverse fast down/left) /H CRANE, REVERSE, FAST DD Black operator with double arrow (down fast) LIFT, DWN FAST DL Black operator with double arrow (left fast) /H CRANE, LEFT FAST DF White operator with double arrow (forward fast up/right) /H CRANE, FRWARD, FAST DR White operator with double arrow (right fast) /H CRANE, RIGHT FAST DU White operator with double arrow (up fast) LIFT, UP FAST Two-Speed perators for use with Mechanical Interlock Legend Plate Text (When Selected) B Black operator (no text or symbol) Blank BB Black operator with arrow (reverse down/left) - SPEED, /H CRANE, REVERSE BD Black operator with arrow (down) - SPEED, LIFT, DWN BL Black operator with arrow (left) - SPEED, HIST, LEFT B White operator (no text or symbol) Blank BF White operator with arrow (forward up/right) - SPEED, /H CRANE, FRWARD BR White operator with arrow (right) - SPEED, HIST, RIGHT BU White operator with arrow (up) - SPEED, LIFT, UP Three-Speed perators for use with Mechanical Interlock Legend Plate Text (When Selected) C Black operator (no text or symbol) Blank CB Black operator with arrow (reverse down/left) -- SPEED, /H CRANE, REVERSE CD Black operator with arrow (down) -- SPEED, LIFT, DWN CL Black operator with arrow (left) -- SPEED, HIST, LEFT C White operator (no text or symbol) Blank CF White operator with arrow (forward up/right) -- SPEED, /H CRANE, FRWARD CR White operator with arrow (right) -- SPEED, HIST, RIGHT CU White operator with arrow (up) -- SPEED, LIFT, UP - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

133 MT ME MK MM MG b k, continued perator Type Emergency Stop perators Red operator twist-to-release Illuminated red operator twist-to-release Red operator keyed twist-to-release Red operator twist-to-release/push-pull Red operator with guard twist-torelease/push-pull Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Not provided Standard Extended Push Buttons Non-Illuminated Legend Plate Text (When Selected) E Black operator (no text or symbol) Blank ED Black operator with arrow (down) LIFT, DWN EL Black operator with arrow (left) HIST, LEFT EB Black operator with arrow (reverse down/left) /H CRANE, REVERSE FD Black operator with double arrow (down fast) LIFT, DWN FAST FL Black operator with double arrow (left fast) /H CRANE, LEFT FAST FB Black operator with double arrow (reverse fast down/left) /H CRANE, REVERSE, FAST E White operator (no text or symbol) Blank EU White operator with arrow (up) LIFT, UP ER White operator with arrow (right) HIST, RIGHT EF White operator with arrow (forward up/right) /H CRANE, FRWARD FU White operator with double arrow (up fast) LIFT, UP FAST FR White operator with double arrow (right fast) /H CRANE, RIGHT FAST FF White operator with double arrow (forward fast up/right) /H CRANE, FRWARD, FAST E Green operator (no text or symbol) Blank EQ Green operator with Start/Alarm symbol START, ALARM EN Green operator with Start symbol START E Red operator (no text or symbol) Blank ES Red operator with Stop symbol STP E Yellow operator (no text or symbol) Blank EA Yellow operator with Alarm symbol ALARM E Blue operator (no text or symbol) Blank R Blue operator with R RESET Standard Extended Push Buttons Illuminated Legend Plate Text (When Selected) L Green operator (no text or symbol) Blank L Red operator (no text or symbol) Blank L Yellow operator (no text or symbol) Blank L Blue operator (no text or symbol) Blank L Clear operator (no text or symbol) Blank SH KH SJ KJ -position -position Selector Switches Standard-maintained Keyed-maintained Standard-maintained Keyed-maintained Note: Footnote explanations on previous page. Legend Plate Text (When Selected) -I I--II Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations VV VW V WV WW W V W YV YW Y Catalog Number Explanation b k, continued perator Type - Function Multi-perator Push Buttons Black/white operator with arrow (down & up) Black/white operator with arrow (left & right) Black/white operator with arrow (reverse & forward) Black/white operator, illuminated, with arrow (down & up) Black/white operator, illuminated, with arrow (left & right) Black/white operator, illuminated, with arrow (reverse & forward) Black/white operator with double arrows (down fast & up fast) Black/white operator with double arrows (left fast & right fast) Black/white operator with double arrows (reverse fast & forward fast) Black/white operator, illuminated, with double arrows (down fast & up fast) Black/white operator, illuminated, with double arrows (left fast & right fast) Black/white operator, illuminated, with double arrows (reverse fast & forward fast) Pilot Lights Legend Plate Text (When Selected) Not provided Legend Plate Text (When Selected) P Amber LED Blank P Green LED Blank P Red LED Blank P Yellow LED Blank P Blue LED Blank P Clear LED Blank Potentiometers Legend Plate Text (When Selected) P Black operator Ω Blank P Black operator Ω Blank P Black operator Ω Blank P Black operator Ω Blank P Black operator Ω Blank P Black operator Ω Blank Hole Plug Legend Plate Text (When Selected) N Black hole plug Blank N E M B R S b k Interlock and/or Rubber Boot No interlock, no additional boots Electrical interlock, no additional boots Mechanical interlock, boots standard Electrical and mechanical interlock, boots standard No interlock, additional rubber boot Electrical interlock, additional rubber boot Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

134 Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations Accessories Accessories Engraved Legend Plates Vertical Horizontal LIFT DWN LIFT DWN F-VE L I F T D W N L I F T F-HE Blank F-BE -- SPEED, /H CRANE, FRWARD F- E -I F- U -- SPEED, /H CRANE, REVERSE F- E I--II F- U ALARM F- E RESET F- E HIST, LEFT F- E START F- E HIST, RIGHT F- E STP F- E LIFT, DWN F- E - SPEED, HIST, LEFT F- E LIFT, DWN FAST F- E - SPEED, HIST, RIGHT F- E LIFT, UP F- E - SPEED, LIFT, DWN F- E LIFT, UP FAST F- E - SPEED, LIFT, UP F- E /H CRANE, FRWARD F- E - SPEED, /H CRANE, FRWARD F- E /H CRANE, FRWARD, FAST F- E - SPEED, /H CRANE, REVERSE F- E /H CRANE, LEFT FAST F- E -- SPEED, HIST, LEFT F- E /H CRANE, REVERSE F- E -- SPEED, HIST, RIGHT F- E /H CRANE, REVERSE, FAST F- E -- SPEED, LIFT, DWN F- E /H CRANE, RIGHT FAST F- E -- SPEED, LIFT, UP F- E START, ALARM F- E Custom text F- E For vertically mounted operators, add a V to the cat. no. Example: F- E becomes F-VE. For horizontally mounted operators, add an H to the cat. no. Example: F- E becomes F-HE. Font code (K, S, L) must be selected from the following table. Please fill in the custom text fax sheet found on page to ensure accuracy of legend plate engraving. D W N Line Line Line Line Line Line Line Line Vertical Mounting (V) Horizontal Mounting (H) Font Size Max. Characters Per Line Max. No. of Lines Max. Characters Per Line Max. No. of Lines K (small) S (standard) L (large) - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

135 Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations Accessories Pkg. Quantity Plastic mounting latch F-ALP Mechanical interlock latch FC-ALP Replacement wire guide FC-AWG Replacement trim washer F-ATW Insulated side jumper -SJA- -SJA- Hole plug F-N Type Pkg. Quantity Contact block N.. N.C. N.. low voltage QuadCNNECT N.C. low voltage QuadCNNECT N.C.E.B. NEM NLM F- F- F-V F-V F-B F-E F-N NEEM F-M -hole (M x.) FC-AS Cable sleeve - -hole (M x.) FC-AS Protective boot Extended push button F-ABE -position multi-operator F-AUB Narrow plastic guard Yellow F-AMEGY V AC/DC F-Nx Integrated LED module V AC F-Nx nly for use with -, -, and -speed operators. First contact closure of - and -speed operators. Second contact closure of -speed operators and third contact closure of -speed operators. First contact closure of -speed operators. For proper operation, F-M must be mounted in position of the mechanical or standard latch. Not for use with -, -, and -speed operators. To complete the cat. no., replace the x with one of the following letters for the desired color: Y = Amber, R = Red, G = Green, B = Blue, W = White. Wire guides are provided with enclosures. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

136 Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations Specifications Specifications Front-of-Panel (perators) Vibration (assembled to panel) Mechanical Ratings Plastic (Bulletin FP) Tested at Hz,. mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./ G max. for hr duration, no damage Shock Tested at / cycle sine wave for ms; no damage at G Degree of protection IP (Type //) Cycles Momentary push buttons Mechanical durability per Cycles Multi-function, selector switch, key selector switch EN -- (Annex C) Cycles Twist-to-release E-stop, illuminated push-pull E-stop, alternate action push buttons Cycles Potentiometer, toggle switch perating forces (typical with one contact block) Flush/extended = N, E-stop = N perating torque (typical application with one contact block) Selector switch =. N m (. lb in) Mounting torque. N m ( lb in) Environmental Temperature range (operating) - + C (- + F) Temperature range (short term storage) - + C (- + F) Humidity % RH from C ( F) Performance Data see page Important- of the Industrial Controls catalog. Plastic keyed operators are IP, Type /; not Type. perating temperatures below C ( F) are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids, UL Recognized to C ( F) - Incandescent module max. C ( F) - fully populated -hole pendant enclosure C ( F) with C wire. Note: Use UL Listed type S or SJ cords, with a smooth outer jacket rated for wet locations use (marked W) and oil resistant outer covering (marked ) such as SW or SJW with copper wire, rated C min., AWG, with an overall D of. mm for the small cable sleeve ( FC-AS) and. mm for the large cable sleeve ( FC-AS). Material Listing Component For Use with Material Used Panel gasket All operators Nitrile, TPE Diaphragm seal Illuminated push button, non-illuminated push button Automotive industry acceptable silicone K-seal Selector switch, key selector switch, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop Nitrile Diaphragm retainer, return spring I Illuminated push button, non-illuminated push button Stainless steel Return spring II Selector switch, key selector switch, alternate action, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop Zinc-coated music wire Button cap Non-illuminated push button, push/twist-to-release, E-stop, key E-stop, multi-function PBT/polycarbonate blend -color molded button cap Non-illuminated push button PBT/polycarbonate blend Lens Multi-function Acetal Lens, knob Illuminated push button Polyamide Knob Non-illuminated selector switch Glass-filled polyamide Plastic bezel/bushing I Non-illuminated push button, illuminated push button, selector switch, key selector switch, push/twist-to-release E-stop, key E-stop, multi-function Glass-filled polyamide Plastic bezel/bushing II Pilot light Glass-filled PBT Diffuser Illuminated push button, pilot light Polycarbonate Plastic mounting ring All plastic operators Glass-filled polyamide Plastic latch Glass-filled polyamide Mechanical interlock latch Glass-filled polyamide Plastic enclosure PBT/polycarbonate blend Terminal screws LED module, contact blocks Zinc-plated steel with chromate Terminals LED module, contact blocks Brass with silver-nickel contacts Housing LED module Glass-filled polyamide Low-voltage terminals Contact blocks Gold-plated silver-nickel contacts Low-voltage spanner Contact blocks Gold-plated silver-nickel contacts Spanner Contact blocks Brass with silver-nickel contacts Boot Illuminated push button, non-illuminated push button, multi-function illuminated and non-illuminated Automotive industry acceptable silicone - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

137 Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations Specifications Back-of-Panel Components Standard contact block ratings Low voltage contact block ratings LED Module Ratings V AC V DC V AC V AC Electrical Ratings Publication A-CAA-EN-P A, Q V AC AC, DC to IEC/EN -- and UL, V, ma min. V, ma DC min. C, R, AC, DC to EN -- and UL Nominal Voltage Range Current Draw Frequency V AC V DC V AC V AC ma ma ma ma / Hz DC / Hz / Hz Thermal current A max. enclosed ( C ambient) to UL, EN -- Insulation voltage (U i ) Screw terminal = V, spring-clamp = V Wire capacity (screw terminal) # AWG (.. mm) Max. () # AWG or () # AWG Wire capacity (spring-clamp terminal) # AWG (.. mm) ne per spring clamp, two spring clamps per terminal Recommended tightening torque on screw terminals.. N m ( lb in) Dielectric strength (minimum) V for one minute External short circuit protection Standard blocks A type gl/gg cartridge fuse to EN -- or gn (Class J to UL - or Class C to UL -) Low voltage contact blocks A type gl/gg cartridge fuse to EN -- or gn (Class J to UL - or Class C to UL -) Electrical shock protection Finger-safe conforming to IP Mechanical Ratings Vibration (assembled to panel) Tested at Hz,. mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./ G max. hr Shock Tested at / cycle sine wave for ms and no damage at G max. Contact durability per EN -- (Annex C) cycles Contact operation N.. N.C. N..E.M. N.C.L.B. N.C.E.B. N..E.E.M. N..L.M. Standard push button travel to change electrical state Multi-speed push button travel to change electrical state perating forces (typical) LED Dominant Wavelength LED Luminous Intensity Springs Electrical contacts Terminals Single-circuit contact block Dual-circuit contact block Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Standard Low voltage Screw Spring-clamp Performance Data see page Important- of the Industrial Controls catalog. Low voltage contacts are recommended for applications below V, ma. Wires less than # AWG (. mm) may not hold in terminal securely. N.C. and N..E.M. N.. and N.C.L.B. N..E.E.M. N.C.E.B. N..L.M. Illumination Materials Slow double make and break Slow double make and break positive opening Double break / double make, early make Double break / double make, late break positive opening Double break / double make, early break positive opening Double break / double make, early early make Double break / double make, late make. N. N nm nm nm nm mcd mcd mcd mcd mcd. mm (. in.). mm (. in.) mm (. in.) mm (. in.) mm (. in.) Stainless steel and zinc coated music wire Silver-nickel Gold-plated over silver Brass Silver-plated brass -

138 Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions Bul. FC -, -, and -Speed perator. Bul. FC Legend Plate.. Bul. FC Pendant Station (-Hole) Bul. FC Pendant Station (-, -, and -Hole) No. of Holes A B FC-//C/D FC-//E/F FC-//G/H B B B A B B B For Bul. F operator dimensions, see page -. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

139 Bulletin FC. mm Configured Pendant Stations Fax/Scan Sheet Custom Text Fax/Scan Sheet rder/item Vertical Mounting Horizontal Mounting F-VEK F-HEK F-VES F-HES F-VEL F-HEL Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

140 Bulletin FD. mm Monolithic Push Buttons Product verview/selection Bulletin FD Monolithic Push Buttons With a single catalog number, you can now order a fully assembled product for easy stocking and installation. Designed to meet worldwide standards, the Bul. FD monolithic line includes E- stops and pilot lights with either LED or incandescent options. Ease of installation Low back-of-panel profile (. mm) Aesthetic design complements the Bul. F modular line Anti-rotation tab provides accurate alignment and can be easily removed for use in panels without notches Lowest cost of installation Made of industrial-grade thermoplastic for superior chemical resistance Designed to meet worldwide standards Compatible with Bul. F accessories and enclosures Ring lug capability Table of Contents Push Buttons... this page Pilot Lights... - Selector Switches... - Mushroom/E-Stops... - Accessories... - Specifications... - Approximate Dimensions... - Product Selection Momentary Push Button perators, Non-Illuminated Contact Configuration N.. N.C. N.. & N.C. perator Type Cap Color Pkg. Quantity Black FD-F FD-F FD-F Flush Green FD-F FD-F FD-F Red FD-F FD-F FD-F FD F a b c d e perator Type F Flush E Extended - a b Color Cap Color White Black Green Red Yellow Blue c Legend Text Text No text (blank) START STP FRWARD REVERSE R White and yellow caps have black text. All other color caps have white text. Valid color cap/legend text combinations are as follows: Publication A-CAA-EN-P R d Termination Style Standard screw Ring lug Contact Module Number of N.. Number of N.C. Text Color Flush Caps Extended Caps White START,,, FRWARD, REVERSE, R, R Black, FRWARD, REVERSE, R STP,,, R Green START,,, FRWARD, REVERSE Red, FRWARD, REVERSE STP,, Yellow, FRWARD, REVERSE Blue, FRWARD, REVERSE, R, R "STP" or "" color cap/legend text are not available for "" or "" contact modules. e

141 Bulletin FD. mm Monolithic Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light Devices LED Voltage Lens & LED Color Pkg. Quantity V AC/DC V AC V AC Green FD-PN FD-PN FD-PN Red FD-PN FD-PN FD-PN Yellow FD-PN FD-PN FD-PN a Lens Cap Color Amber Green Red Yellow Blue Clear FD P N a b c b Voltage Type V AC/DC Blank V AC R V AC c Termination Style Standard screw Ring lug Pilot Light Devices Incandescent Lens & LED Color Green Pkg. Quantity V AC/DC FD-PD Voltage V AC FD-PD Red FD-PD FD-PD Yellow FD-PD FD-PD a Lens Cap Color Amber Green Red Yellow Blue Clear No lens nly valid with "no bulb" option. nly valid with "no lens" option. FD P D a b c b Voltage Type No Bulb V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Blank R c Termination Style Standard screw Ring lug Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

142 Bulletin FD. mm Monolithic Push Buttons Product Selection Selector Switch perators, Non-Illuminated M L R M L R B perator Type Contact Configuration Pkg. Quantity Maintained Spring Return From Both Knob Position a perator Function Maintained, -position Return from left, -position Return from right, -position Maintained, -position Return from left, -position Return from right, -position Return from both, -position -Position Selector Switch N.. Contacts/ Contact Position Left Right Left Right -Postition -Postition FD-SM N.C. FD-SM N.. FD-SM FD-SM N.C. FD-SM FD-SM N.. & N.C. FD-SM FD-SM N.. FD-SB N.C. FD-SB N.. & N.C. FD-SB FD S L R a b c b Termination Style Standard screw Ring lug -Position Selector Switch Note: = Closed/ = pen -Position Push-Pull/Twist-to-Release Mushroom perators, Non-Illuminated c Contact Module Number of N.. Number of N.C. nly available for -position selector switch. Knob Position Contacts/ Contact Position Left Right Left Right Left Right Note: = Closed/ = pen Color Contacts Pkg. Quantity Red FD MT a Color Cap Black Green Red E Red - EM Yellow Blue a b c N.C. FD-MT N.C. FD-MT b Termination Style Contact Module Number of N.. Number of N.C. Standard screw R Ring lug E-stops must contain at least one N.C. circuit. All E-stop operators are EN/IS compliant when using at least one N.C. contact block. E-Stop operators, latch, and contact block combinations have been third-party tested for Bd values. Bd values can be found in publication SAFETY-SR_-EN-E. c - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

143 Bulletin FD. mm Monolithic Push Buttons Product Selection/Accessories Plastic Enclosures -Hole nly Feed-through design Knockout sizes: PG / Not UL Listed or CSA Certified Monolithic or latch-mounted contact blocks Double insulated Plastic Enclosures (IP, NEMA //) Type Pkg. Quantity -hole FD-P FD-PY Can only use single deep contact block. Assembled Stations Enclosure Color Quick Connect perator Type Contact Configuration Grey Yellow N.. FD-SP N/A -position selector switch FD-SP N../ N.C. DC Micro -pin FD-SPQ N/A FD-SYP Red mm push-pull/twist-to-release N../ N.C. DC Micro -pin FD-SYPQ Grey Yellow Accessories Replacement Lamps Lamp Type Typical Current Voltage ANSI No. Pkg. Quantity ma V AC/DC F-N ma V AC/DC F-N Full Voltage Incandescent ma V AC/DC F-N ma V AC/DC F-N F-N ma V AC/DC F-N Neon ma V AC F-N F-N Replacement Lenses Lens Color Pkg. Quantity Amber FD-AP Green FD-AP Red FD-AP Yellow FD-AP Blue FD-AP Clear FD-AP Sold in multiples of. rder (quantity of) to receive one package of pieces. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

144 Bulletin FD. mm Monolithic Push Buttons Specifications Specifications Vibration (assembled to panel) Shock Degree of protection Mechanical durability per EN -- (Annex C) perating forces perating torque (typical application with one contact block) N.. Contact operation Mechanical Ratings Tested at Hz,. mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./ G max. for hr duration, no damage Tested at / cycle sine wave for ms; no damage at G IP (Type /R////) Selector switch cycles Push-pull/twist-to-release E-stop cycles Momentary push buttons E-stop = N N.C. Selector switch =. N m Slow double make and break Slow double make and break - positive opening Push button travel to change N... mm (. in.) electrical state N.C.. mm (. in.) Environmental Temperature range (operating) - + C (- + F) Temperature range (short term storage) - + C (- + F) Humidity % RH from C ( F) Electrical Ratings B, R Standard contact block ratings AC, DC VAC EN/IEC -- and UL, V, ma min. Nominal Voltage Range Current Draw Frequency LED module ratings V AC V DC V AC V AC V AC V DC V AC V AC ma ma ma ma / Hz DC / Hz / Hz Thermal current A max. enclosed ( C ambient) to UL, EN/IEC -- Insulation voltage (U i ) V Wire capacity (screw terminal) # AWG (.. mm) Max. () # AWG, uses same size wire only Recommendations for ring lug termination option. mm (. in.) Max. outer diameter with. mm (. in.) hole diameter Recommended tightening torque on screw terminals.. N m ( lb in) Dielectric strength (minimum) V for one minute External short circuit protection A Type gl/gg cartridge fuse to EN -- or gn (Class J to UL - or Class CC to UL -) Electrical shock protection Finger-safe conforming to IP Illumination Green nm Red nm LED dominant wavelength Yellow nm Blue nm White Green mcd Red mcd LED luminous intensity Yellow mcd Blue mcd White mcd Incandescent maximum wattage. W Performance Data see page Important- of the Industrial Controls catalog. perating temperatures below C ( F) are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids. M MV-R/S (# AWG) or M MVU-R/S (# AWG) - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

145 EMERGENCY Bulletin FD. mm Monolithic Push Buttons Specifications, Approximate Dimensions, and Instruction Sheet Information Specifications, Continued Materials Springs Stainless steel and zinc coated music wire Lens (pilot light) Acrylic Electrical contacts Brass with silver-nickel contacts Bezel/bushing, housing Glass-filled polyester Terminals Brass and phosphor bronze Legend frames Glass-filled polyamide Panel gasket Nitrile and polyester-based TPE Mounting ring Glass-filled polyamide Seal Nitrile Terminal screws Zinc-plated steel with chromate Button cap/mushroom head Polyester/polycarbonate blend Lamp socket Brass and Phosphor bronze Performance Data see page Important- of the Industrial Controls catalog. Product Certifications Certifications UL, CSA, CCC, CE Conformity to standards CE Marked UL, EN/IS, EN -, EN --, EN -- Terminal identification EN/IEC - Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Refer to RAISE software for additional dimensional information. Momentary Push Button perators Flush Momentary Push Button perators Extended Instruction Sheet A mm +,,, +,, +,, PTIN WAHL PZINE PÇÃ PCIÓN = Pilot Light Devices. -Position Push-Pull/Twistto-Release Mushroom perators A B + Selector Switch perators -, mm -, mm S T P ø, ø / PLASTIC PLASTIQUE PLASTIK PLASTICA PLÁSTIC, Nm lb-in Plastic Enclosures FD-P FD-PY Plastic Enclosures No. of Units (Holes) A B C Weight (-/) (-/) (-/) g (. oz) A -, mm, -, mm (# - # AWG), -, Nm - lb-in mm B Use the same size wire only Utiliser uniquement du fil de même dimension Nur Draht derselben Größe verwenden utilizzare solo cavi della stessa dimensione use somente fios do mesmo tamanho usar sólo el mismo tamaño de cable -, mm ø, mm ø, mm mm or ou oder o R option for ring connectors option de R pour cosses à plage ronde "R" Wahl für Ringkabelschuhe opzione "R" per capicorda ad anello opção de "R" para conectores do anel opción de R para los conectadores del anillo Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

146 Bulletin B mm Push Buttons Product verview/specifications Bulletin B mm Push Buttons Designed to worldwide standards (UL, CSA, CE, and CCC) Durable materials perators are made of corrosion-proof plastic to ensure long push button life Consistent coloring and illumination make these easy to identify for the life of the operator Ease of installation Ergonomic design Contoured button surface Dependable sealing IP and Type / Diaphragm seals: linear travel devices, pilot lights V-seals: selector switches, high pressure sealing K-seals: emergency stops, dual wiping action Reliable low voltage switching Gold-plated snap action contacts Reliable operation in applications below V DC, ma down to V DC, ma Enhanced E-stop functionality Anti-tease feature standard (trigger-action) EN and EN -- compliant Direct Drive mechanism (positive actuation) Table of Contents Product Selection... this page Accessories... - Specifications... - Approximate Dimensions... - Standards Compliance and Certifications Certifications Standards Compliance Terminal Identification RoHS Compliant UR, CSA, CCC, CE UL, EN IS, EN -, EN --, EN -- EN/IEC - Push Button & Pilot Light perators perator Type Round Square Rectangle Large Square Momentary, push button/ pilot light B-EPA B-EPB B-EPC B-EPD Maintained, push button B-EAA B-EAB B-EAC B-EAD Note: Package Quantity = All operators are sold without a lens cap and diffuser. Lens Cap with Diffuser B-ALA B-ALB B-ALC B-ALD Lens Color Round Square Rectangle Large Square Green B-ALA B-ALB B-ALC B-ALD Red B-ALA B-ALB B-ALC B-ALD Yellow B-ALA B-ALB B-ALC B-ALD Blue B-ALA B-ALB B-ALC B-ALD White B-ALA B-ALB B-ALC B-ALD Note: Package Quantity = For illuminated devices, LED bulbs are color specific. (Green LED bulb with green lens caps, red LED bulbs with red lens cap, white LED bulbs used with yellow, blue, and white lens cap.) Incandescent bulbs can be used with any lens cap color. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

147 Bulletin B mm Push Buttons Product Selection Selector Switch perators perator Type -Position Selector Switches -Position Selector Switches Maintained Return from Right Maintained Return from Both B-SMA B-SRA B-SMA B-SBA perator Type Emergency Stop perators Non-Illuminated, Twist-to-Release (Trigger Action) B-MT perator is EN IS compliant with standard N.C. contact blocks. Keyed, Maintained Keyed, Return from Right Keyed, Maintained Keyed, Return from Both B-KMA B-KRA B-KMA B-KBA Note: Package Quantity = Target Table and perator Position Contact Block B-PS B-PS B-PT B-PT B-PT Contact Block Location Contact Type -Position Target Table -Position Target Table Top NA Bottom Top Bottom Note: = Closed/ = pen N.C. N.. N.C. N.. N.C. N.. Top NA Bottom N.C. Top N.C. Bottom Top N.. Bottom N.C. To illuminate a selector switch, add either an LED or incandescent bulb. All selector switches have a clear lens. Green and red LED bulbs can be used to change the selector switch color. Pkg. Quantity Emergency stop operator B-MT Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

148 Bulletin B mm Push Buttons Product Selection Contact Block/Latch Module Pkg. Quantity Push Button/Selector Switch B-PS B-PS B-PL B-PT B-PT N../ N.C. snap action B-PS N../ N.C. snap action B-PS Pilot Light Dummy block B-PL Emergency Stop/Push Button/Selector Switch N.C. slow make/break B-PT N.C. slow make/break B-PT B-PT N../ N.C. slow make/break B-PT Replacement Bulbs Not available in V AC/DC. Not available in V AC. Lamp Color Lamp Voltage Pkg. Quantity Green V AC/DC B-NG V AC B-NG LED bulb Red V AC/DC B-NR V AC B-NR White V AC/DC B-NW V AC B-NW V AC/DC B-NC Incandescent bulb Clear V AC/DC B-NC V AC/DC B-NC - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

149 Accessories Bulletin B mm Push Buttons Accessories Pkg. Quantity B-ARP B-AW B-ALR B-ALR B-ALW B-ATK B-N Replacement mounting ring B-ARP Mounting ring wrench B-AW Bulb removal tool B-ALR Lens removal tool B-ALR Locking washer (anti-rotation) B-ALW Stab connector (insulated) B-ATK Hole plug B-N B-AK Replacement key B-AK B-APCB Printed circuit board pin socket B-APCB Emergency stop legend plate B-YE B-YE B-ABZB B-ABZC B-ABZD Square bezel B-ABZB Rectangle bezel B-ABZC Large square bezel B-ABZD Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

150 Bulletin B mm Push Buttons Specifications Specifications Vibration (assembled to panel) Mechanical Ratings Tested at Hz,. mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./ G max. for hr duration, no damage Shock Tested at / cycle sine wave for ms; no damage at G Degree of protection IP, Type // Cycles Push buttons momentary Cycles Push buttons maintained Mechanical durability per EN -- (Annex C) Cycles Selector switch Cycles Key selector switch Cycles Twist-to-release E-stop perating forces (typical with one contact block) Extended = N E-stop = N perating torque (typical application with one contact block) Selector switch =. N m (. lb in) Mounting torque. N m ( lb in) Environmental Temperature range (operating) - + C (- + F) Temperature range (short term storage) - + C (- + F) Humidity % RH from C ( F) Vibration (assembled to panel) Shock Contact durability Contact operation N.. / N.C. N.C. Mechanical Ratings Contact Blocks Tested at Hz,. mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./ G max. hr Tested at / cycle sine wave for ms and no damage at G max. cycles ( B-PS_) Snap action Slow make/break positive opening N.. Slow make/break Push button travel to change electrical state. mm (. in.) perating forces (typical) contact block = N contact blocks = N Electrical Ratings Standard contact block ratings AC, B,. A/V AC, A/V AC DC, R,. A/V DC,. A/V DC Nominal Voltage Current Frequency LED Module ratings V AC ma / Hz V DC ma DC V AC ma / Hz Thermal current I th = A (AC), I th = A (DC) Insulation voltage (U i ) V Stab termination.. mm Dielectric strength (minimum) V min. External short circuit protection standard blocks A type gl/gg cartridge fuse to EN -- or gn (Class J to UL - or Class C to UL -) Electrical shock protection Finger-safe conforming to IP Green LED Dominant wavelength Red White Green LED Luminous intensity Red White Incandescent maximum wattage Springs Electrical contacts Stab terminals Lenses Illumination nm nm mcd mcd mcd. W Materials Stainless steel and gold-plated, high-carbon steel Gold-plated silver Phosphor bronze with gold or nickel plating Polycarbonate - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

151 Approximate Dimensions Round Bulletin B mm Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Hole Patterns Round & Square Rectangle Ø Large Square Emergency Stop... Square Printed Circuit Board Pin Socket Max.. ±.. ±. Max.. Rectangle.. Max.. ±.. ±. Large Square... - Ø.. ±.. ±... Emergency Stop.. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

152 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product verview/specifications Bulletin H/Hazardous Location Push Buttons Hazardous locations push buttons and stations Classes I, II & III Divisions & / in. - NPSM barrel Type & Explosion-proof operators Table of Contents See below. Standards Compliance UL, UL CSA., No. Certifications Enclosures: UL Listed (File No. E Guide No. NNNY) Devices: UL Listed (File No. E Guide No. NIV) Stations: CSA (File No. LR) TABLE F CNTENTS Page Specifications... - Complete Assembled Stations... - Push Buttons, Momentary Non-Illuminated Flush, Extended, Mushroom, Dual... - Illuminated Extended... - Potentiometer... - Push Buttons, Push-Pull Non-Illuminated - and -Postition... - Illuminated - and -Postition... - Selector Switches Non-Illuminated, -Position... - Non-Illuminated, -Position... - Non-Illuminated, -Position... - Application When properly mounted in a Type & enclosure, Bulletin H Type & operators are designed to meet the requirements of the National Electrical for Class I, Divisions &, Groups B, C & D Hazardous Gas; Class II, Divisions &, Groups E, F and G Hazardous Dust; and, Class III Hazardous Fiber Locations. In addition, the single gang shallow base, H-IHZ, meets Class I, Group B requirements. This Type & equipment is listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Per National Electrical : Zone. In Class I, Zone locations, all wiring methods permitted for Class I, Division locations and Class I, Zone or Zone locations, including requirements for sealing, shall be permitted. Zone. In Class I, Zone locations, all wiring methods permitted for Class I, Division, Class I, Division or Division, and Class I, Zone or Zone locations, including requirements for sealing, shall be permitted. perator Construction The Allen-Bradley line of hazardous location devices features copper-free (less than. of % copper content) die cast aluminum bushings and mounting rings, Type # stainless steel operating shafts and an -ring seal for added corrosion resistance. These components mount into a threaded hole (/ in.- NPSM) in a suitable enclosure. Bulletin H Type & components are available in two basic formats: standard barrel (Bulletin H) and long barrel (Bulletin HL). Standard barrel devices are suitable for mounting in panel thickness up to in.; Long barrel devices are suitable for mounting in panel thickness greater than in. and no thicker than -/ in. Both style operators offer a unique locking bracket which provides an anti-turn feature to guard against loosening. The mounting rings in front of the panel are knurled to provide a second means of tightening each unit into the panel. Page Pilot Light Units... - rdering Information for Stations... - Covers... - Bases... - Modifications and Accessories Contact Blocks... - Knobs & Caps... - Boots & Guards... - Plugs & Locking Attachments... - Miscellaneous... - Replacement Lamps... - Legend Plates... - Appoximate Dimensions... - utdoor Use Bulletin H Type & stations and enclosures are not configured for outdoor use as standard. A Type rating is available, while maintaining Type & integrity of the enclosure, by the addition of a Type sealing flange and an approved drain. The sealing flange shown below may be purchased as an option or as an accessory. A Type rating can be achieved by using sealing nuts to seal the push button operators in addition to using the sealing flange. Sealing nuts are available as accessories (see page -.) Elimination of Conduit Seal ff Requirement Bulletin H Type & units may be installed with a variety of sealing options. By utilizing either a sealing well or flanged sealing well, these stations may be installed without a conduit seal off in most applications (subject to applicable codes and laws). The sealing wells shown below may be purchased as an option or as an accessory. Sealing wells are also available with an integral Type flange seal for outdoor applications. Sealed switch contact blocks are another way to eliminate the need for conduit seal fittings in most applications (subject to applicable codes and laws). Sealed switch contact blocks may be purchased as an option on assembled stations by changing the Bulletin No. from H to R. Sealed switch contact blocks can be ordered as an accessory (see page -). A push button station with a sealed switch contact block is shown below. Type Flange Seal Sealing Wells Sealed Switch Contact Blocks - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

153 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Specifications Specifications Contact Ratings Dielectric Strength Electrical Design Life Cycles Vibration Shock Degree of Protection Mechanical Design Life Cycles Push Buttons Potentiometers All other devices Contact peration Wire Guage/Terminal Screw Torque Typical perating Forces Electrical Ratings Refer to the contact ratings tables below. V for one minute, V for one minute (Logic Reed) at max. rated load, at max. rated load (Logic Reed) Mechanical Ratings Hz. mm displacement (peak-to-peak) Max./ G Max. (except Logic Reed) / cycle sine wave for ms G (contact fragility) and no damage at G Type & Explosion Proof (Type and Type ratings available with accessories) minimum minimum minimum Shallow and mini contact blocks: slow double make and break Logic Reed & sealed switch contact blocks: snap-action # AWG/ lb in Flush, extended, standard mushroom, jumbo mushroom:. lb max. perators without contact blocks: Jumbo and extended aluminum mushroom head:. lb maximum Maintained selector switch:. in lb maximum Spring Return Selector Switches: in lb to stop,. in lb to return Illuminated Push Buttons and Push-to-Test Pilot Lights. lb maximum -Position Push-Pull lb maximum push or pull -Position Push-Pull lb maximum push to in position or pull to center position ( lb maximum pull to out position) T-A lb Contact Blocks: Logic Reed lb maximum Sealed Switch lb maximum at. in. plunger travel Stackable Sealed Switch lb maximum Environment Temperature Range perating + F ( + C) Storage + F ( + C) Note: perating temperatures below freezing are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids. Humidity % at + F (+ C) Performance Data See page Important-. External thread major diameter:. in. max.,. in. min. Internal thread minor diameter:. in. min.,. in. max. Standard Contact Ratings Maximum thermal continuous current I th A AC/. A DC. Bulletin H Type & units with T-A contacts have ratings as follows: Max. prtnl. Utilization Category Rated perational Currents Volts U e IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break VA VA AC AC- A A VA A A DC DC- Q VA. A For applications below V and ma, PenTUFF, Logic Reed or stackable sealed switch contacts are recommended. Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Maximum continuous current I th A. Max. prtnl. Utilization Category Rated perational Currents Volts U e IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break AC AC- B VA VA A A DC DC- P VA. A Stackable Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Maximum continuous current I th A. Bulletin T units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: Max. prtnl. Utilization Category Rated perational Currents Volts U e IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break AC AC- C VA VA A. A DC DC- Q VA. A Logic Reed Contact Ratings Maximum: V AC,. A, VA and V DC,. A,. VA. Should only be used with resistive loads. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Contact Ratings Minimum DC: V, ma Maximum thermal continuous current Ith. A AC/. A DC. Bulletin H units with T-AV contacts have ratings as follows: Max. prtnl. Utilization Category Rated perational Currents Volts U e IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break AC AC- C VA VA A. A DC DC- R VA. A Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

154 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations (Supplied with / in. Dead End Conduit Entry H-HZ) perator ne Push Button Contact Symbol N.. N.C. Contact Action Momentary Legend Marking Lever Type Actuator Component Type Buttons STP H-HA H-HAP START H-HB H-HBP JG H-HJ H-HJP H-HA No Legends H-H H-HP Two Push Buttons N.. N.C. Each Button Momentary START STP FR REV RAISE LWER PEN CLSE H-HA H-HB H-HD H-HF H-HAP H-HBP H-HDP H-HFP H-HAP Each Button No Legends H-H H-HP -Position Selector Switch N.. N.C. Maintained START STP N FF PEN CLSE RUN STP HAND AUT H-HAM H-HCM H-HGM H-RHC H-RHG H-HJM H-HLM H-RHA H-HAM No Legends H-HM H-RH -Position Selector Switch N.. N.C. HAND FF AUT H-RHA H-RHA No Legends H-RH ne Pilot Light, Dual Push Buttons V AC/DC Full Volt./Red No Legend START STP H-HADR H-HADR N.. N.C. Marking other than listed - consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor H-HDR perators have integral padlocking attachment. STP is extended red, START is flush green, all others are flush black. Supplied with standard shallow contact blocks. For stations with sealed switch contacts, change Bulletin number from H to R. A deep enclosure is required. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

155 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units, Non-Illuminated Flush Head Unit H-APA Contact Type No Contact N.. N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. Button Color Extended Head Unit H-BPB For long barrel versions, add an L to the cat. no. Example: HL-AP. Dual Momentary Contact Push Button Units Mushroom Head Unit H-DPA Flush Head Extended Head Mushroom Head Green H-AP H-BP H-DP Black H-AP H-BP H-DP Red H-AP H-BP H-DP Green H-APD H-BPD H-DPD Black H-APD H-BPD H-DPD Red H-APD H-BPD H-DPD Green H-APD H-BPD H-DPD Black H-APD H-BPD H-DPD Red H-APD H-BPD H-DPD Green H-APA H-BPA H-DPA Black H-APA H-BPA H-DPA Red H-APA H-BPA H-DPA Green H-APB H-BPB H-DPB Black H-APB H-BPB H-DPB Red H-APB H-BPB H-DPB Contact Arrangement Dual Push Button Unit H-DPHA Legend Marking Type Contacts Left Right N.. - N.C. START (Flush/Green) N (Flush/Black) PEN (Flush/Black) UP (Flush/Black) Blank (Flush/Black) For long barrel versions, add an L to the cat. no. Example: HL-DPHAA. STP (Extended/Red) FF (Flush/Black) CLSE (Flush/Black) DWN (Flush/Black) Blank (Flush/Black) H-DPHAA H-DPHAA H-DPHAA H-DPHAA H-DPHAA Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

156 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units, Non-Illuminated H AP A a b c d e H HL AP BP DP DP a Barrel Type Standard barrel length Long barrel b perator Type Flush head Extended head Mushroom head Mushroom head less color cap Blank c Color Cap Used only when ordering operator type DP (Table b) Green Black range Grey Red Blue Yellow Blank J L d Special Mushroom Head No special head Jumbo mushroom head plastic Jumbo mushroom head metal Note: Special mushroom head options only apply to mushroom head operator type DP (Table b). Blank D D D D A A A B H C DV DV AV BV HV CV e Contact Block(s) Standard No contacts N.. N.C. N.. (Mini) N.C. (Mini) N.. N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) N.. N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. Dual Push Button Units H DP H AA a b c d e f H HL DP H B a Barrel Type Standard barrel Long barrel b perator Type Dual push button c Mounting Horizontal Vertical d Color of Button Left green flush/right red extended Left black flush/right black flush e Contact Block(s) Contact Arrangement Left button for horizontal Top button for vertical Right button for horizontal Bottom button for vertical AA N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. AAAA N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. For sealed switch and Logic Reed contact blocks, see page -. To order with special marking, specify marking; seven characters maximum per button, single line only. f Marking Left button for horizontal Top button for vertical Right button for horizontal Bottom button for vertical Blank No mark specified No mark specified START STP N FF FRWARD REVERSE PEN CLSE UP DWN Marking specified Marking specified - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

157 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units, Illuminated Extended Head with Guard H-PPBM Type Lamp Supply Voltage Lens Color Full Voltage Incandescent perator only V AC/DC V AC/DC Multi-color kit Extended Head with Guard H-QPB H-QPBM H-QPBM No lamp V AC/DC No lens H-QPBN Universal LED V AC/DC Multi-color kit H-QPBHM Transformer Incandescent H-PPBM V AC Multi-color kit LED H-PPBHM / Hz No lamp No lens H-PPBN Units ship with multi-color insert packet including amber, blue, green, red, and white. For long barrel versions, add an L to the cat. no. Example: HL-QPBM. Includes as standard one T-A ( N../ N.C.) contact block. perator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks. Potentiometer Units Resistance perator nly (without Resistive Element) Potentiometer H-NP Potentiometer Unit H-UP Resistance Potentiometer. kω H-UP kω H-UP kω H-UP kω H-UP Rated for V AC/DC, W maximum. For use with Type J potentiometers having a shaft length of / in. (. mm) and a shaft diameter of / in. (. mm). Single-turn operation with rotation. For long barrel versions, add an L to the cat. no. Example: HL-UP. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

158 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Momentary Contact Push Button Units, llluminated H HL PPB QPB H PPB H M a perator Type Standard barrel length Long barrel b Power Module Type Transformer (or dual input) Full voltage/universal a b c d e f Blank H D T TH c Illumination ptions Incandescent LED Dual Input Diode type, incandescent Transformer relay type, incandescent Transformer relay type, LED d Voltage Transformer V AC / Hz V AC / Hz V AC / Hz V AC / Hz Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Universal LED V AC/DC Dual Input V AC V AC/DC Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs and neon indicators. Dual input diode only. Multi-color insert packet includes amber, blue, green, red, and white. For sealed switch and Logic Reed contact blocks, see page -. Blank M Blank D D A A DV DV AV e Lens Color Color No lens, with standard contacts N.. - N.C. No lens if ordering any contacts other than standard N.. - N.C. Multi-color f Contact Block(s) Standard N.. - N.C. No contacts N.. N.C. N.. N.C. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) N.. N.C. N.. - N.C. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

159 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Push-Pull Units, Non-Illuminated Contact Type -Position Push-Pull Units, Non-Illuminated -Position Push-Pull H-FPA perator Position Maintained Maintained Button Push-Pull ut In Color N.C.L.B. Red H-FPD N.. - N.C.L.B. N.C.L.B. - N.C.L.B. Note: = Closed/ = pen For long barrel versions, add an L to the cat. no. Example: HL-FPD. Red Red H-FPA H-FPA Contact Type N.C. - N.C.L.B. -Position Push-Pull H-FPMA perator Position Momentary Maintained Maintained Button Push-Pull ut Center In Color perator Position Red H-FPMA Contact Type N.C. - N.C.L.B. Note: = Closed/ = pen For long barrel versions, add an L to the cat. no. Example: HL-FPMA. Momentary Maintained Momentary Button Push-Pull ut Center In Color Red H-FPNA Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

160 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Push-Pull Units, Non-Illuminated H HL FP Blank H FP A a Barrel Type a b c d e Standard barrel length Long barrel b perator Type Push-pull unit c Head Type Mushroom head Blank J Jumbo mushroom head Normally closed late break contact. When button is pushed from the UT to the IN position, the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state. When the button is pulled from the IN to the UT position, the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. -Position Push-Pull Units, Non-Illuminated d Color Cap Color No cap Green Black Grey (silver) Red Blue Yellow (gold) H FP M A a b c d e f e Contact Block(s) Standard perator Position ut In Blank No contacts A A N.. - N.C.L.B. N.C.L.B. D N.. D N.C.L.B. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) DV N.. AV Note: = Closed/ = pen. N.. - N.C. Barrel Type H Standard barrel length HL Long barrel a b perator Type FP Push-pull unit c Head Type Blank Mushroom head J Jumbo mushroom head Not valid with color cap option Blank (no cap). d perator Function perator Position ut Center In M Momentary Maintained Maintained N Momentary Maintained Momentary Color Cap Color Blank No cap Green Black Grey (silver) Red Blue Yellow (gold) e Contact Block(s) Standard perator Position f ut Ctr. In Blank No contacts A A A B AV PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Note: = Closed/ = pen. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C.L.B. N.C. - N.C.L.B. N.C. - N.C.L.B. N.. - N.C. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

161 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Push-Pull Units, Illuminated Illuminated -Position Push-Pull H-FPPRA perator Position Type Lamp Type Supply Voltage Lens Color Contacts Full voltage Universal Transformer Incandescent No lamp LED Note: = Closed/ = pen. Maintained ut Maintained In perator only No contacts H-FPQ V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Multi-color kit N.. - N.C.L.B. H-FPQMA H-FPQMA No lens No contacts H-FPQN Multi-color kit N.. - N.C.L.B. H-FPQHMA Incandescent H-FPPMA V AC, Multi-color kit N.. - N.C.L.B. LED H-FPPHMA / Hz No lamp No lens No contacts H-FPPN -Position Push-Pull Units, Illuminated perator Position (H-FPM) perator Position (H-FPN) Momentary Maintained Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Contacts ut Center In Contacts ut Center In N.C. - N.C.L.B. N.C. - N.C.L.B. Type Lamp Type Supply Voltage Lens Color Full voltage Universal Transformer Incandescent perator only H-FPMQ H-FPNQ V AC/DC H-FPMQMA H-FPNQMA Multi-color kit V AC/DC H-FPMQMA H-FPNQMA No lamp V AC/DC No lens H-FPMQN H-FPNQN LED V AC/DC Illuminated -Position Push-Pull H-FPMPRA Multi-color kit H-FPMQHMA H-FPNQHMA Incandescent H-FPMPMA H-FPNPMA V AC, Multi-color kit LED H-FPMPHMA H-FPNPHMA / Hz No lamp No lens H-FPMPN H-FPNPN Note: = Closed/ = pen Units ship with multi-color insert packet including amber, blue, green, red, and white. For long barrel versions, add an L to the cat. no. Example: HL-FPQHMA. perator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

162 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection - and -Position Push-Pull Units, Illuminated H HL FP Blank H FP PH M A a Barrel Type Standard barrel length Long barrel b perator Type Push-pull unit c perator Function -Position Push-pull -Position perator Position ut Ctr. In M Mom. Main. Main. N Mom. Main. Mom. Note: Mom. - Momentary Main. - Maintained Table. Target Selection -Position a b c d e f g d e Illumination ptions Transformer P Incandescent PH LED Full Voltage Q Incandescent QH Universal LED Dual Input D Dual input diode Dual input DT transformer relay Dual input transformer DTH relay LED Voltage Transformer V AC / Hz V AC / Hz V AC / Hz V AC / Hz Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Universal LED V AC/DC Dual Input V AC V AC/DC -Position g ut In Contact ut Center In g A, AV, R N.. N.C. A, AV, AR A N.. N.C.L.B. A A N.. N.. A N.C.L.B N.C.L.B N.C. N.C.L.B. A D, DV, DR N.. D N.C.L.B. Blank M f Color Cap Color No lens with no contacts No lens with contacts Multi-color g Contact Blocks Standard Color Blank No contacts D N.. D N.C.L.B. A N.. - N.C. A N.. - N.C.L.B. A N.. A N.C.L.B. A N.C. - N.C.L.B. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) DV N.. DV N.C. AV N.. - N.C. Logic Reed Color DR N.. DR N.C. AR N.. - N.C. AR N.. AR N.C. Multi-color insert packet includes amber, blue, green, red, and white. Diode type dual input provides circuit isolation via opposing diodes. Not recommended for use with solid-state outputs and neon indicators. Normally closed late break contact. When button is pushed from the UT to the IN position, the mechanical detent action of the operator occurs before electrical contacts change state. When the button is pulled from the IN to the UT position, the electrical contacts change state before the mechanical detent occurs. Dual input diode only. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

163 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Selector Switch Units, Non-Illuminated Standard Knob perator H-HPKBA Contact Type perator Position No Contacts N.. N.. - N.C. Knob Lever perator H-HPKBA Contact Action M = Maintained S = Spring Return Metal Wing Lever perator H-HPKBA Standard Knob Knob Lever Wing Lever M M H-HPKB H-HPKB H-HPKB S M H-HPKL H-HPKL H-HPKL M M H-HPKBD H-HPKBD H-HPKBD S M H-HPKLD H-HPKLD H-HPKLD M S H-HPKLD H-HPKLD H-HPKLD M M H-HPKBA H-HPKBA H-HPKBA S M H-HPKLA H-HPKLA H-HPKLA M S H-HPKLA H-HPKLA H-HPKLA N.. - N.C. M M H-HPKBAA H-HPKBAA H-HPKBAA S M H-HPKLAA H-HPKLAA H-HPKLAA M S H-HPKLAA H-HPKLAA H-HPKLAA Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact Type perator Position No Contacts N.. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. -Position Cylinder Lock perator H-HPKBA Contact Action M = Maintained S = Spring Return Cylinder Lock Key Removal Left Key Removal Right Key Removal Both M M H-HPKB H-HPKB H-HPKB M S H-HPKL M M H-HPKBD H-HPKBD H-HPKBD S M H-HPKLD M S H-HPKLD M M H-HPKBA H-HPKBA H-HPKBA S M H-HPKLA M S H-HPKLA M M H-HPKBAA H-HPKBAA H-HPKBAA S M H-HPKLAA M S H-HPKLAA Note: = Closed/ = pen Target tables are reversed from those shown. Key removable from maintained positions only. Devices supplied with keys. Replacement part number for standard D key is -. For long barrel versions, add an L to the cat. no. Example: HL-HPKL. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

164 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Selector Switch Units, Non-Illuminated H HP A KB A a b c d e f H HP KB A H HL HP Blank A Blank a b c d e f a Barrel Type Standard barrel length Long barrel b Number of Positions -position c Knob Insert Colors Color White Packet of colored inserts Metal Wing Lever Colors c Color Red Grey Key Removal Position Maintained perator Function Key removal left Key removal right Key removal both Spring Return From Left perator Function Key removal right Spring Return From Right perator Function Key removal left perator Type and Function Standard Knob perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Knob Lever perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Metal Wing Lever perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right d ptional Keys Blank D Series Key No. D (std. key) (Knob/Wing Lever) (Cylinder Lock) Each standard and knob lever operator is factory assembled with a white insert. ther colors are available, factory assembled, if ordered in quantities of or more. ne insert of each color (blue, green, orange, red, and yellow). Target tables are reversed from those shown. d T Series Key No. T D T D T D T D T D T D T D T D T D T D T D T D KB KL e Cam ption Cam for maintained operators Cam for spring return operators f Contact Block(s) Standard -Position Contact Configuration Blank No contacts D N.. E N.C. M N.. N N.C. A N.. - N.C. AA PenTUFF (Low Voltage) -Position Contact Configuration N.. - N.C. H N.. U N.C. F N.. - N.C. FF Note: = Closed/ = pen. N.. - N.C. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

165 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Selector Switch Units, Non-Illuminated Contact Type No Contacts N.. - N.C. Standard Knob perator H-JPKBA perator Position Knob Lever perator H-JPKBA M = Maintained S = Spring Return Metal Wing Lever perator H-JPKBA Standard Knob Knob Lever Metal Wing Lever M M M H-JPKB H-JPKB H-JPKB S M M H-JPKB H-JPKB H-JPKB M M S H-JPKB H-JPKB H-JPKB S M S H-JPKB H-JPKB H-JPKB M M M H-JPKBA H-JPKBA H-JPKBA S M M H-JPKBA H-JPKBA H-JPKBA M M S H-JPKBA H-JPKBA H-JPKBA S M S H-JPKBA H-JPKBA H-JPKBA N.. - N.C. Note: = Closed/ = pen M M M H-JPKBAA H-JPKBAA H-JPKBAA S M M H-JPKBAA H-JPKBAA H-JPKBAA M M S H-JPKBAA H-JPKBAA H-JPKBAA S M S H-JPKBAA H-JPKBAA H-JPKBAA -Position Cylinder Lock perator H-JPKBA Contact Type No Contacts N.. - N.C. perator Position Note: = Closed/ = pen Key removable in maintained positions only. For long barrel versions, add an L to the cat. no. Example: HL-JPKB. Cylinder Lock M = Maintained Key Removal Left Key Removal Center Key Removal All S = Spring Return M M M H-JPKB H-JPKB H-JPKB S M H-JPKB H-JPKB M S H-HPKLD H-JPKB H-JPKB M M H-JPKB M M M H-JPKBA H-JPKBA H-JPKBA M S H-JPKBA H-JPKBA M M S H-JPKBA H-JPKBA H-JPKBA S M S H-JPKBA Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

166 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Selector Switch Units, Non-Illuminated H JP KB AA a b c d e f H JP KB AA H HL JP Blank A Blank a Barrel Type a b c d e f Standard barrel length Long barrel b Number of Positions -position c Knob Insert Colors Color White knob insert or cylinder lock operator Packet of colored inserts Metal Wing Lever Colors Color Red Grey c Cylinder Lock perators Maintained Position Locking Position Left Center Right All Left and center Right and left Right and center Spring Return from Left Locking Position Center Right Right and center Spring Return from Right Locking Position Left Center Left and center Spring Return from Both Locking Position Center Table. Cam and Contact Block Functionality Table Contact Block Suffix Contact Block Side Circuits KB (Std.) (Knob/Wing Lever) (Cylinder Lock) d Knob/Lever Type perators Standard Knob perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Spring return from both Knob Lever perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Spring return from both Metal Wing Lever perator Function Maintained Spring return from left Spring return from right Spring return from both Blank d perator Type/Function Standard Knob Key No. D (standard key) Note: Refer to page - for additional key option codes. Cam s KB KA KA Blank A AA AAAA e Cam ption Standard cam KB Cam KA Cam KA Note: For additional Cam descriptions, see Table. f Contact Block ption No contacts Two contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table. Two contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table and contact targets for the same cam as shown in the B (black side) column of Table. (ne T-A contact block per side. Two contact blocks total.) Four contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table and contact targets for the same cam as shown in the B (black side) column of Table. (Two T-A contact blocks per side. Four contact blocks total.) KA KA KC KC KD KE KQ KQ KR KR KT KT KU White A B Black A B White A B Black A B Note: = Closed/ = pen Each standard and knob lever operator is factory assembled with a white insert. ther colors available, factory assembled, if ordered in quantities of or more. ne insert of each color (blue, green, orange, red, and yellow). For additional keys, see page -. Wing levers are not suitable with KE cam code. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

167 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Selector Switch Units, Non-Illuminated Contact Type No Contacts Standard Knob perator H-NPKFAA perator Position Knob Lever perator H-NPKFAA M = Maintained S = Spring Return Metal Wing Lever perator H-NPKFAA Standard Knob Knob Lever Metal Wing Lever M M M M H-NPKF H-NPKF H-NPKF S M M M H-NPKF H-NPKF H-NPKF M M M S H-NPKF H-NPKF H-NPKF N.. - N.C. M M M M H-NPKFAA H-NPKFAA H-NPKFAA S M M M H-NPKFAA H-NPKFAA H-NPKFAA M M M S H-NPKFAA H-NPKFAA H-NPKFAA Note: = Closed/ = pen Contact Type No Contacts N.. - N.C. perator Position Cylinder Lock perator H-NPKFAA Note: = Closed/ = pen Key removable in maintained positions only. For long barrel versions, add an L to the cat. no. Example: HL-NPKF. Cylinder Lock M = Maintained Key Removal Position Key Removal Position Key Removal All S = Spring Return M M M M H-NPKF H-NPKF H-NPKF S M M M H-NPKF H-NPKF H-NPKF M M M S H-NPKF H-NPKF H-NPKF M M M M H-NPKFAA H-NPKFAA H-NPKFAA S M M M H-NPKFAA H-NPKFAA H-NPKFAA M M M S H-NPKFAA H-NPKFAA H-NPKFAA Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

168 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection -Position Selector Switch Units, Non-Illuminated H NP KF AA a b c d e f H NP KF AA H HL NP Blank A Blank a Barrel Type a b c d e f Standard barrel length Long barrel b Number of Positions -position c Knob Insert Colors Color White Packet of colored inserts Metal Wing Lever Colors c Color Red Grey Key Removal Position and perator Function Maintained perator Function Key removal position Key removal position Key removal position Key removal position Key removal all positions c (cont d) Key Removal Position and perator Function Spring Return From Position to Position perator Function Key removal position Key removal position Key removal position Key removal positions,, and Spring Return From Position to Position perator Function Key removal position Key removal position Key removal position Key removal positions,, and d perator Function and Knob Type Standard Knob perator Function Maintained Table. Selector Switch Cam Targets Contact Block Suffix AAAA FFFF AA FF Contact Block Side White Black White Black Spring return from position to position Spring return from position to position Knob Lever perator Function Maintained Spring return from position to position Spring return from position to position Circuits (Knob/Wing Lever) (Cylinder Lock) d (cont d) perator Function and Knob Type Metal Wing Lever perator Function Maintained Blank KF KG KK KM KP KH Blank AA Spring return from position to position Spring return from position to position d ptional Keys D Series D (standard key) e Cam ption F cam (standard) G cam K cam M cam P cam verlapping cam f Contact Block ption No contacts Two contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table and contact targets for the same cam as shown in the B (black side) column of Table. (ne T-A contact block per side. Two contact blocks total) AAAA FF FFFF f (cont d) Contact Block ption Four contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table and contact targets for the same cam as shown in the B (black side) column of Table. (Two T-A contact blocks per side. Four contact blocks total.) PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Two contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table and contact targets for the same cam as shown in the B (black side) column of Table. (ne T-AV contact block per side. Two contact blocks total) Four contact targets for a given cam as shown in the W (white side) column of Table and contact targets for the same cam as shown in the B (black side) column of Table. (Two T-AV contact blocks per side. Four contact blocks total.) Cam KF KG KK KM KP KN A B A B A B A B Note: W = White B = Black. = Closed/ = pen. For additional targets and overlapping cams, see Publication T-.. Each standard and knob lever operator is factory assembled with a white insert. ther colors available, factory assembled, if ordered in quantities of or more. ne insert of each color (blue, green, orange, red, and yellow). verlapping cam. Devices supplied with keys. Replacement part number for standard D key is - Not available with wing lever operator. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

169 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light Units Transformer Type Pilot Light H-PPM Push-to-Test Pilot Light H-PPTM Pigtail Pilot Light H-LPM Pilot Light Push-to-Test Pigtail Type Lamp Type Supply Voltage Lens Color perator only H-QPN H-QPB Incandescent V AC/DC H-QPM H-QPTM H-LPM Multi-color kit V AC/DC H-QPM H-QPTM H-LPM Full voltage No lamp V AC/DC No lens H-QPN H-QPTN H-LPN LED V AC/DC H-LPHM Multi-color kit V AC H-LPHM Universal LED V AC/DC Multi-color kit H-QPHM H-QPTHM Transformer Incandescent H-PPM H-PPTM V AC, / Hz Multi-color kit LED H-PPHM H-PPTHM Units ship with multi-color insert packet including amber, blue, green, red, and white. For long barrel versions, add an L to the cat. no. Example: HL-QPHM Includes one standard T-A ( N../ N.C.) contact block. Pigtail length is in. perator only supplied without power module, lamp, lens cap, or contact blocks. Typical Pilot Light Wiring Diagrams See applicable s and Laws. Push-to-Test Pilot Light Device Schematic NRMAL TEST CM Dual Input Pilot Light Typical Application Wiring Diagram TEST Dual Input Diode Pilot Device Schematic NRMAL TEST Dual Input Pilot Light Transformer Type Device Schematic NRMAL TEST Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

170 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Pilot Light Units H PP T M a b c d e f H HL PP QP LP LPK a Barrel Type Standard barrel length Long barrel b Power Module Type Transformer (or dual input) Full voltage/universal Pigtail full voltage Pigtail full voltage (for dual push buttons) Blank T D DT Blank H c Lamp Test ptions No test option Push-to-test Dual input diode Dual input transformer relay d Illumination ption Incandescent LED Voltage Transformer V AC, / Hz V AC, / Hz V AC, / Hz V AC, / Hz Full Voltage Incandescent V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC Universal LED V AC/DC Dual Input V AC V AC/DC Pigtail V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC e Blank M f Lens Color Color No lens with no contacts Multi-color Note: Push-to-test pilot light is supplied with a factory jumpered T-A, N. - N.C contact block. Multi-color insert packet includes amber, blue, green, red, and white Lamp test options is not available with pigtail. nly available with power module type code PP. LED illumination option is not available with diode type dual input lamp test options. Dual input diode only. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

171 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons rdering Information rdering Information for Stations Stations Bulletin H Type & stations are available as factory assembled or as components for field assembly. Factory-Assembled Stations Bulletin H Type & control stations are designed to meet the requirements of the National Electrical. These stations are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for Class I, Divisions &, Groups C & D Hazardous Gases or Vapors, Class II, Divisions &, Groups E, F & G Hazardous Dust and Class III Hazardous Fiber Locations. In addition the single gang shallow base, H-IHZ, meets Class I, Group B requirements as defined in the National Electrical. Factory-assembled stations may be ordered in three ways: Standard, factory-assembled stations listed on page -. Custom, factory-assembled stations can be ordered by following the instructions listed on this page. Station Design Guidelines (Also see Applicable s and Standards). Push-to-test pilot lights, illuminated push buttons, push-to-pull units, -position selector switches, and all operators with two contact blocks fastened along side one another or with a power module and contact block along side one another must be installed in a single hole cover.. Dual push button units may only be installed in a single-hole cover or the specially designed two-hole cover ( H-NP), which can accommodate the dual push button and the special pigtail pilot light ( H-LPKR).. When two components are installed in one cover, contact blocks are restricted to one side of the operator. Contact blocks of each operator must face each other.. ne level of contact blocks is maximum in a shallow base or deep base when used with a sealing well. Contact blocks, except sealed switch type, may be mounted two deep in other bases.. If sealed switch contact blocks or a sealing well are used, a deep enclosure is required. Components for Field Assembled Stations Eight-gang maximum. These - and -gang modules may be assembled into the multi-gang stations by installing a coupler kit between the enclosures. These separate bases, covers, or bases with covers are Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed when properly assembled. These enclosures meet the requirements of Class I, Division &, Groups C & D, Class II, Divisions &, Groups E, F & G, and Class III hazardous locations as defined in the National Electrical. Bulletin H Type & components are designed for these modular enclosures and are UL Listed for this purpose. Note: Components may be assembled as multi-gang units up to an eight-gang maximum. To select components for field assembly, follow the instructions for ordering a custom-built station. Instructions for rdering Custom-Built Stations. Select operators required from page -. (If lever type, select covers from page - and go to Step ).. Select covers based on mounting requirements on page -.. Select an assembled base from page - in accordance with the number of covers selected in Step.. Select legend plates from page - - (and accessories, if required, from pages page - -).. If a particular sequence of operators or mounting orientation (vertical versus horizontal) is required, include a rough sketch.. a. START push buttons should be green or black flush, installed to the left or above STP push buttons. b. EMERGENCY STP push buttons should be a red mushroom. c. STP push buttons should be red extended, installed to the right or below START push button. d. STP push buttons should be installed in the last position (bottom or right) of each unit when required. e. Pilot lights should be installed in the first position (top or left side) of each unit when required. Design Guideline # Push-to-test pilot lights, illuminated push buttons, pushpull units, -position selector switches, all operators with two contact blocks fastened along side one another or with a power module and contact block along side one another must be installed in a single hole cover. Design Guideline # Dual push button units may only be installed in a single hole cover or the specially designed two hole cover ( H-NP), which can accommodate the dual push button and the special pigtail pilot light ( H-LPKR). Design Guideline # When two components are installed in one cover, contact blocks are restricted to one side of the operator. Contact blocks of each operator must face each other. Design Guideline # ne level of contact blocks is maximum in a shallow base or deep base when used with a sealing well. Contact blocks, except sealed switch type, may be mounted two deep in other bases. Flange width is designed to comply with Underwriters Laboratories standards to enclosures with an internal free volume of up to cubic inches (a maximum -gang assembly). Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

172 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Covers, Lever Type Actuator Note: Lever type covers are furnished without contact blocks. Legend plate for half lever is STP; full lever momentary and maintained is a START-STP. To order without legend plate, add suffix to the cat. no. Half Lever Half Lever Double Lever Momentary Double Lever Maintained Double Lever Momentary Double Lever Momentary/Maintained H-NP H-NP H-NP H-NP A normally open circuit configuration is recommended for use behind this momentary lever and a late break normally closed circuit configuration is required for use behind the maintained lever to achieve proper functioning of the device. Covers, Component Type Button Blank ne Hole Two Hole Two Hole Special H-NP H-NP H-NP H-NP ne-hole covers use a jumbo legend plate only. Two-hole covers use a standard legend plate only. This special two-hole cover can accommodate the pigtail pilot light (Bulletin H-LPK series), the dual push button or any non-illuminated unit. Legend plates ( H-YJ green and red split-field) and ( H-YJ grey full field), are the only legend plates suitable for use with this cover. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

173 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Assembled Bases (for Field Assembly and Custom Stations) Enclosure Covers See enclosure cover tables for a complete listing of covers for these bases. Special Conduit Entries For conduit entries not listed, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. -Gang Shallow -Gang Deep -Gang Horizontal Conduit Entry / in. Dead End H-HZ H-HV / in. Feed Through H-HVM in. Dead End H-HVM H-HH in. Feed Through H-HVM -Gang Vertical -Gang Vertical -Gang Conduit Entry in. Feed Through H-HY H-HY H-HV -Gang -Gang Conduit Entry in. Feed Through H-HV H-HV Shallow base cannot accommodate sealing well, sealed switched contact blocks, or stacked contact blocks. Shallow base rated for Group B. Deep base can accommodate sealing well, sealed switch contact blocks, or up to deep standard contact blocks. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

174 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Bases for Multi-Gang Stations Conduit Sizes / in. Feed Through H-NPC H-NPC in. Feed Through H-NPD H-NPD / in. Dead End H-NPA in. Dead End H-NPB Conduit Sizes / in. Dead End H-NPA H-NPA H-NPA in. Dead End H-NPB H-NPB H-NPB None H-NP Example: -gang base with in. through-feed conduit consists of: - H-NPB - H-NPB - H-NPB - H-NP - H-NPB - H-NP Plus up to four in. plugs ( H-NP) to close unused conduit openings. Caution: Do not assemble more than eight enclosure gangs together, to avoid exceeding the internal volume for which the flame path of these enclosures is designed. When coupling modular enclosures together, a coupler kit ( H-NP) is required between enclosures. in. conduit through-feed (all gangs). - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

175 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Modifications and Accessories Contact Blocks Packaged in kit form for field installation. All necessary mounting hardware is provided with each contact block kit. Contact ratings are listed on page -. Note: It is not recommended to mount more than four contact blocks on any one unit (maximum two blocks deep). Sealed switch contact blocks are limited to two blocks per unit maximum. Shallow Block Mini Block PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Contact Block Shallow Block Mini Block PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Block Contact Type N.. T-D T-D T-DV N.C. T-D T-D T-DV N..E.M. T-D T-DV N.C.L.B. T-D T-DV N.. - N.C. T-A T-AV N.. T-A N.C. T-A N.C.L.B. - N.. T-A N.C.L.B. - N.C. T-A To determine if a conduit seal-off is necessary, see page - for sealing well information. Specify Bulletin TC for finger-safe contact blocks. Example: TC-A. Contact blocks with normally closed contacts meet direct drive positive opening standard requirements. Logic Reed Block Sealed Switch Block Stackable Sealed Switch Block Logic Reed Block Sealed Switch Block Stackable Sealed Switch Block Contact Type N.. T-DR T-DP T-DY N.C. T-DR T-DP T-DY N.. - N.C. T-AR T-AP T-AY N.. T-AR T-AY N.C. T-AR T-AY To determine if a conduit seal-off is necessary, see page - for sealing well information. Refer to T/H section, page -, for additional contact blocks and accessories. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

176 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Modifications and Accessories, Continued Replacement Color Caps (Illuminated) Pilot Light H-NM Push-to-Test Pilot Light H-NM Illuminated Push Button H-NM Illuminated Push-Pull H-NPM Pilot Light Push-to-Test Pilot Light Illuminated Push Button Illuminated Push-Pull Color Multi-color kit H-NM H-NM H-NM H-NPM Replacement Color Caps (Non-Illuminated) Momentary Mushroom Standard (Plastic) T-NR Momentary Mushroom Standard (Plastic) Momentary Mushroom Jumbo (Metal) T-NR Momentary Mushroom Jumbo (Metal) Push-Pull Standard (Metal) H-NPC Push-Pull Standard (Metal) Push-Pull Jumbo (Metal) H-NPA Push-Pull Jumbo (Metal) Color Red T-NR T-NR H-NPA H-NPA Green T-NG T-NG H-NPB H-NPB Blue T-NBL T-NBL H-NPC H-NPC Yellow T-NY T-NY H-NPE H-NPE Black T-NB T-NB H-NPH H-NPH Grey T-NGR T-NGR H-NPG Natural T-N To order plastic jumbo mushroom caps, replace with. Plastic not available in natural color. Example: T-NR becomes T-NR. Replacement Knobs and Dual Push Button Assembly Standard Knob H-NF Knob Lever H-F Wing Lever H-N Dual Push Button H-NP Standard Knob Knob Lever Wing Lever Dual Push Button Color White H-NF H-NF Kit (Complete) H-N H-N Grey H-N Red H-NA Green Red H-NP Standard finish is grey. Kit includes knob and packet of inserts ( T-N). Refer to color insert kits on page -. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

177 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Modifications and Accessories, Continued Boots Non-Illuminated Momentary Contact Push Buttons Units Note: For Bul. H/HL Type & operators, order one adapter and one boot per operator. Adapters Push Button Type Flush head Extended head H-NPAF H-NPAE Boots Boots supplied with control stations and components are made of a chlorosulfonated polyethylene material with stainless steel insert ring. To order boots with silicone, urethane, or ethylene propylene material, see the table below. Material application information shown below. Insert Material Stainless steel H-NA Material Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Silicone Urethane Ethylene Propylene Boot Color Red H-NA H-NR H-NR H-NR Green H-NB H-NG H-NG H-NG Black H-NH H-NB H-NB H-NB Yellow H-NE H-NY H-NY Blue H-NC H-NBL H-NBL May be added to flush or extended head push button units to protect against foreign materials reaching the opening between the button and the locking ring. Series B boots incorporate a stainless steel insert as standard. Dots printed on the inside of the boot identify the boot material. Booted Knobs Booted Standard Knob Selector Switch H-NP Booted Knob Lever Selector Switch H-NPE Switch Type Boot Material Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Silicone Urethane Ethylene Propylene Standard Knob Selector Switch H-NP H-NP H-NP H-NP Knob Lever Selector Switch H-NPE H-NPE H-NPE H-NPE Dots printed on the inside of the boot identify the boot material. Includes color insert kit. Push Button Guards and Mushroom Push Button Guards H-NP H-NP H-NP H-NP Push Buttons, Pilot Lights and Push-to-Test Protective Rings Extra Long Guard ( in.) for Push Button Mushroom Jumbo Mushroom H-NP H-NP H-NP H-NP Protective Ring for -Position Push-Pull H-NP Protective Ring for Push-Pull Devices Jumbo Protective Ring for -Position Push-Pull H-NPJ Type Protective ring for Bul. H -position non-illuminated push-pull operators. ften For standard size button H-NP used to avoid unintentional tripping of E-stop operators. Available for standard size button ( mm) or for jumbo button ( mm). For jumbo size button H-NPJ Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

178 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories General Accessories Plugs Coupler Used for both horizontal and vertical assembly. H-NP H-NP Type Closing Plug Whenever an enclosure with more than the required number of openings is used, this plug can be used to close the unused openings. Includes synthetic -ring washer. For Cover Hole H-NP H-NP (perators not included) For Base Coupler Hole H-NP Size Conduit Entry Plug This plug can be used to plug unused conduit openings in Type and bases. / in. H-NP H-NP (perators not included) in. H-NP Locking Attachments Push Button Padlocking Attachments This device permits locking in the depressed position on extended head push button units only. H-NP H-NP (Padlock not included) Dual Push Button Extended Head Padlocking Attachments This device permits locking for dual push button extended head units only. H-NP H-NP (Padlock not included) - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

179 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories General Accessories, Continued Locking Attachments H-NP (Padlock not included) Padlocking Cover Padlocking cover is used for Type and selector switches, non-illuminated push buttons (except mushrooms) and non-illuminated -position push-pull units, but not for potentiometer units. Note: Push-pull units will only lock in the depressed position. Padlocking cover includes blank legend plate for customer marking. A pre-marked legend plate entitled PEN CVER T PERATE (front view) and PULL-T- START-PUSH-T-STP (rear view) is available. To order legend plate only, specify H-WL. H-NP Miscellaneous H-NPRD H-NPD Sealing Well with or without Integral Type Flange Seal These sealing wells can only be used with bases having in. conduit entries. They reduce costs usually necessary with other conduit seal fittings for most installations (subject to applicable codes and laws) while maintaining Type and integrity. When using a sealing well with integral flange seal for Type outdoor applications, an approved drain fitting must be provided. (Refer to National Electrical.) Style With Integral Flange Seal, Type,, and Without Integral Flange Seal, Type and No. of Wires H-NPRD H-NPRD H-NPRD H-NPRD H-NPD H-NPD H-NPD H-NPD Style Flange Seal H-NP H-NP Type Flange Seal This seal provides a Type rating while maintaining Type and integrity. An approved drain (see listing) is required for condensation when using this option (refer to National Electrical ). For a Type rating, use sealing nuts to seal the push button operators in addition to using the flange seal. Sealing kit is comprised of flange seal and sealing nut. They are used with the Allen-Bradley enclosures listed on page - for outdoor applications. Drain for / in. Conduit pening Drain for in. Conduit pening Type Sealing Nut H-NP H-NP H-N H-NP Type Sealing Kit H-NF Color Red H-NPR Green H-NPG Color Insert Kit Amber H-NPA These color insert kits are used with illuminated Blue H-NPB push buttons, pilot lights, push-pull, and pushto-test push buttons (order quantity of to receive kit of inserts). White H-NPW H-NPR ne of each color H-NP Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

180 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Replacement Lamps Pilot Lights, Illuminated Push Buttons, Illuminated Push-Pull, Illuminated Push-Pull/Twist to Release, and Illuminated Selector Switches Lamp Type Current, Typical Lamp Voltage ANSI No. Catalog Voltage Incandescent Full Voltage,,,,,, ma/ ma.v AC / Transformer T-N ma V AC/DC T-N Full Voltage ma V AC/DC T-N ma V AC/DC T-N Full Voltage Resistor ma V AC/DC, T-N Flashing ma V AC/DC T-N Dual Input Diode ma V AC/DC MB T-N ma V AC MB T-N Neon ma V AC/DC BA, -N Lamp Type Current, Typical Lamp Voltage Leakage Current LED Universal V DC. V AC V ma T-Nx Transformer V ma,,, T-Nx Item is sold in multiples of. rder quantity of to receive package of pieces. To complete the cat. no. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Green, Red, or White. Typical current consumption values indicated are relative to the input of the power module. Lamp is intended for use with power module TC-N which has an input voltage rating of V AC/DC. Legacy LED Lamps Lamp Type Current, Typical Lamp Voltage Leakage Current Catalog Voltage LED ma/ ma V AC/DC ma T-Nx ma/ ma V AC/DC ma T-Nx Full Voltage ma/ ma V AC/DC ma T-Nx ma/ ma V AC/DC ma T-Nx. ma/ ma V AC T-Nx. ma/. ma V AC/DC ma T-Nx Full voltage ma V AC ma,,,,,, T-Nx Flashing ma V AC/DC N/A T-NFx In full voltage applications, these lamps are intended to be used with power module T-N. All LEDs except V have an internal shunt resistor for use with solid-state outputs. LEDs will not illuminate below listed leakage current. Typical current draw varies with LED color. The first ma value is for a green or blue LED and the second ma value is for a red or amber LED. To complete the cat. no. replace the x with the first letter of the desired color: Amber, Green, Red, Blue, or White. White LEDs only available in V, V, V, and V. Flashing rate is Hz. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

181 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plates Blank Legend Plates Legend Plate Color Lever Style Standard Size Jumbo Size Special Jumbo Size Use lever style legend with each lever type cover (Cat. Nos. H-NP, -NP, -NP or -NP) Use standard size legends with each standard hole cover ( H-NP) Use jumbo size legend with each standard hole cover ( H-NP) Use special jumbo legend with each special hole cover ( H-NP) Ex: Dual Push Button/ Pigtail Pilot Light Grey H-Y H-YJ H-YJ Red H-Y H-YJ Green H-Y H-YJ Yellow H-Y H-YJ Top Grey Bottom Grey H-Y Top Grey Bottom Red H-Y Left Green Right Red H-YJ Grey with Potentiometer Graduations Custom Legend Plates Legend Plate Color H-Y H-YJ Lever Style Standard Size Jumbo Size Special Jumbo Size Use lever style legend with each lever type cover (Cat. Nos. H-NP, -NP, -NP or -NP) Use standard size legends with each standard hole cover ( H-NP) Use jumbo size legend with each standard hole cover ( H-NP) Use special jumbo legend with each special hole cover ( H-NP) Ex: Dual Push Button/ Pigtail Pilot Light Grey H-YE H-YJE H-YJE Red H-YE H-YJE Green H-YE H-YJE Yellow H-YE H-YJE Top Grey Bottom Grey H-YE Top Grey Bottom Red H-YE Left Green Right Red H-YJE Grey with Potentiometer Graduations H-YE H-YJE Horizontally mounted engraved legend plates (with standard or custom marking) are available. Add the letter H after the Y in the cat. no. Example: H-YE becomes H-YHE. Lever Style Legend Plates with Standard Markings Legend Marking Upper/Lower HAND AUT JG RUN JG STP (Red) N FF H-Y H-Y H-Y Legend Marking Upper/Lower PEN CLSE RUN STP (Red) START STP (Red) H-Y H-Y H-Y H-Y Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

182 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plates, Continued Legend Plates with Standard Markings Standard Size Jumbo Size Standard Size Jumbo Size Legend Marking Legend Marking AUT-FF-HAND H-Y H-YJ N H-Y H-YJ AUT-MAN-HAND H-Y H-YJ PEN H-Y H-YJ CLSE H-Y H-YJ PEN-CLSE H-Y H-YJ CYCLE START H-Y H-YJ PEN-FF-CLSE H-Y H-YJ DWN H-Y H-YJ UT H-Y EMERG. STP (Red) H-Y H-YJ PUSH T STP-PULL T START H-Y H-YJ FAST H-Y H-YJ PWER N H-Y H-YJ FEED START H-Y H-YJ RAISE H-Y H-YJ FEED STP H-Y H-YJ RAISE-LWER H-Y H-YJ FR.-REV. H-Y H-YJ RAISE-FF-LWER H-Y H-YJ FR.-FF-REV. H-Y H-YJ RESET H-Y H-YJ FRWARD H-Y H-YJ REVERSE H-Y H-YJ FURTH SPEED H-Y H-YJ RUN H-Y H-YJ FULL SPEED H-Y H-YJ RUN-INCH H-Y H-YJ HAND-AUT H-Y H-YJ RUN-JG H-Y H-YJ HAND-FF-AUT H-Y H-YJ SAFE-RUN H-Y H-YJ HIGH H-Y H-YJ SECND SPEED H-Y H-YJ HIGH-LW H-Y H-YJ SLW H-Y H-YJ HIGH-FF-LW H-Y H-YJ SLW-FAST H-Y H-YJ IN H-Y H-YJ SLW-FF-FAST H-Y H-YJ INCH H-Y H-YJ SPEED H-Y H-YJ JG H-Y H-YJ START (Green) H-Y H-YJ JG FRWARD H-Y H-YJ START-JG H-Y H-YJ JG REVERSE H-Y H-YJ START-STP H-Y H-YJ JG-RUN H-Y H-YJ STP (Red) H-Y H-YJ JG-SAFE-RUN H-Y H-YJ STP-START H-Y H-YJ JG-STP-RUN H-Y H-YJ SUMMER-FF-WINTER H-Y H-YJ LEFT-RIGHT H-Y H-YJ SUMMER-WINTER H-Y H-YJ LW H-Y H-YJ TEST H-Y H-YJ LW SPEED H-Y THIRD SPEED H-Y LWER H-Y H-YJ UP H-Y H-YJ FF H-Y H-YJ UP-DWN H-Y H-YJ FF-CLANT-N H-Y H-YJ UP-FF-DWN H-Y H-YJ FF-N H-Y H-YJ Graduated potentiometer type. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

183 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Standard Legend Plate (used with two-hole cover) Jumbo Legend Plate (used with one-hole cover) Ø Ø Note: Mounting hole requirements for components / in. - NPSM. External thread major diameter:. in. max.,. in. min. Internal thread minor diameter:. in. min.,. in. max. Sketch illustrates the minimum distance between center lines when mounting Bulletin H units with legend plates either side by side or one above the other in non Allen-Bradley enclosures. Minimum spacing without legend plate: When units are mounted so that the contact block terminals face each other, the -/ in. (. mm) dimension must be used in order to get proper electrical clearance. When control units are mounted so that the contact block terminals do not face each other, the -/ in. (. mm) dimension can be used. Panel Thickness Requirements Standard Barrel [devices will fit panels up to in. (. mm)] Long Barrel [devices will fit panels up to -/ in. (. mm)] Maximum When mounting in a panel thicker than -/ in. ( mm) locking bracket not required. This dimension for push buttons only. Push Buttons Dual Head Maximum Dim. A B C Standard Barrel Long Barrel -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) Ship. Wt. [oz (kg)] -/ (.) (.) Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

184 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Push Buttons Mushroom Head Push Button with Extra Long Guard Ø Ø Ø Flush Head Ø Extended Head Ø Type Standard Barrel A B C Long Barrel Ship. Wt. [oz (kg)] A B C Ship. Wt. [oz (kg)] Mushroom, Flush and Extended Head -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ (.) () -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) Extra Long Guard -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ (.) () -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) When using sealed switch contact block, this dimension is -/ in. ( mm). When using sealed switch contact block, this dimension is -/ in. (. mm). Selector Switches Standard perator Ø Knob Lever perator Wing Lever perator Ø Cylinder Lock perator Type Standard Barrel A B C Long Barrel Ship. Wt. [oz (kg)] A B C Ship. Wt. [oz (kg)] Standard and Knob Lever -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ (.) () -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) Wing Lever -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ (.) () -/ (.) -/ (.) (.) Cylinder Lock -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ (.) () -/ (.) -/ (.) (.) When using sealed switch contact block, this dimension is -/ in. ( mm). When using sealed switch contact block, this dimension is -/ in. (. mm). - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

185 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Illuminated Push Buttons or Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Transformer Type Full Voltage, Dual Input or Neon Type Ø Ø Transformer Type Illuminated Push Buttons, Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Style A B C Full Voltage Dual Input or Neon Type Ship. Wt. [oz (kg)] Standard Barrel -/ (.) -/ () -/ () (.) Long Barrel -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) Standard Barrel -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ (.) Long Barrel -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) Push-Pull Units Non-Illuminated Illuminated Ø Note: Jumbo Head Push-Pull Units Style A B C D Ship. Wt. [oz (kg)] Illuminated Transformer Type Standard Barrel -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) Long Barrel -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) Illuminated Full Voltage Type Standard Barrel -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) Long Barrel -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Units Standard Barrel -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) Long Barrel -/ (.) -/ () -/ (.) -/ (.) When using sealed switch contact block add / in. (. mm) to the listed dimension. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

186 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Pilot Lights Transformer Type Ø Ø Ø LEADS Ø Full Voltage, Pigtail Type Ø Ø Style A Ship. Wt. [oz (kg)] Transformer type and dual input transformer type pilot lights Standard Barrel -/ () -/ (.) Long Barrel -/ (.) -/ (.) Full voltage, neon or dual input diode and resistor type pilot lights Standard Barrel -/ () -/ (.) Long Barrel -/ (.) -/ (.) Full voltage pigtail type pilot lights Standard Barrel -/ (.) -/ (.) Long Barrel -/ () -/ (.) Potentiometer Units Ø Ø Style A Ship. Wt. [oz (kg)] Standard barrel -/ (.) -/ (.) Long barrel -/ (.) (.) - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

187 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Shallow Base Stations Figure Shallow Base Station Lever Type Ø Mtg. Holes Figure Shallow Base Station Component Type -Gang ( or devices) Ø Mtg. Holes / in.- NPT Shipping Wt. lbs (. kg) Deep Base Stations Figure Deep Base Station Lever Type -Gang ptional Conduit Entry /- NPT or - / NPT / in.- NPT Shipping Wt. -/ lbs (. kg) Figure Deep Base Component Lever Type -Gang ( or devices) ptional Conduit Entry /- NPT or - / NPT /- NPT ptional - / NPT Ø Mtg. Holes /- NPT ptional - / NPT Ø Mtg. Holes Shipping Wt. lbs (. kg) Shipping Wt. -/ lbs (. kg) When using a flange seal, an approved drain fitting must be provided (refer to National Electrical ). When used add the following to the max. depth: Flange seal add / in. (. mm). Sealing well with or without integral flange seal add / in. (. mm). Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

188 Bulletin H Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Factory-Assembled Stations For depth dimension refer to Figure or on page -. Figure Control Station, -Gang (up to devices) Figure Control Station, -Gang (up to devices) Conduit Entry Pipe Plug Conduit Entry Conduit Entry Shipping Wt. lbs (. kg) Figure Control Station, -Gang (up to devices) Shipping Wt. lbs (. kg) Figure Control Station, -Gang (up to devices) Conduit Entry Conduit Entry Pipe Plug Conduit Entry Shipping Wt. lbs (. kg) Conduit Entry Pipe Plug Shipping Wt. lbs (. kg) Figure Control Station, -Gang (up to devices) Figure Control Station, -Gang (up to devices) Pipe Plug Conduit Entry ptional Pipe Plug Conduit Entry ptional Pipe Plug Pipe Plug Pipe Plug Conduit Entry ptional Pipe Plug Pipe Plug Conduit Entry ptional Shipping Wt. lbs (. kg) Shipping Wt. lbs (. kg) - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

189 Bulletin R. mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division /Zone Product verview Bulletin R. mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division /Zone Hazardous location push button stations Classes I and II Division /Zone. mm mounting hole Types / and // Table of Contents Specifications... this page Complete Assembled Stations.. - Custom-Built Stations... - Enclosures nly... - Approximate Dimensions... - Specifications Electrical Ratings Contact Ratings Refer to the contact ratings (page -). Dielectric Strength V for one minute, V for one minute (Logic Reed) Electrical Design Life Cycles at maximum rated load, at maximum rated load (Logic Reed) Mechanical Ratings Vibration Hz. mm displacement (peak-to-peak) Max./ G Max. (except Logic Reed) Shock / cycle sine wave for ms G (contact fragility) and no damage at G Degree of Protection Type //, /; Watertight/Corrosion-Resistant IEC IP/ Mechanical Design Life Cycles Push Buttons Selector Switches All other devices Contact peration Typical perating Forces perators without contact blocks Spring Return Selector Switches (Momentary, Non-Illuminated) (Momentary, Illuminated) (Push-Pull/Twist-to-Release) (Non-Illuminated) (Illuminated) Illuminated Push Buttons and Push-to-Test Pilot Lights -Position Push-Pull Push-Pull and Push-Pull/Twist Contact Blocks Temperature Range Logic Reed Sealed Switch Stackable Sealed Switch perating Storage min. min. min. min. min. min. Logic Reed and sealed switch contact blocks: single break magnetic Flush, extended, standard mushroom, jumbo plastic mushroom: lb max. Maintained selector switch:. in lb maximum. in lb to stop. in lb to return lb maximum lb maximum push to in position or pull to center position ( lb maximum pull to out position) lb maximum push or pull in oz maximum twist, in oz minimum return lb maximum lb maximum at. in. plunger travel lb maximum Environment F (-...+ C) F (-...+ C) Note: perating temperatures below freezing are based on the absence of moisture and liquids. Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for use in lower temperature applications. Humidity % at F ( C) Performance Data See page Important-. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

190 Bulletin R. mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division /Zone Product verview Control Stations Bulletin R control stations are designed for Division /Zone hazardous locations. They consist of Bulletin H (Type //) or Bulletin T (Type /) operators with sealed contact blocks. Bulletin R units are available as factory assembled stations or as components for field assembly. Hazardous Locations Since the contacts are enclosed in a hermetically sealed chamber, the contact block is suitable for use in Class I and II, Division /Zone Groups A, B, C, D, F and G hazardous locations and is listed by Underwriters Laboratories for this class of service. Complete stations as shown on page - can be used for Class I and II Division /Zone applications. The individual components shown in the T and H sections are also suitable for Class I and II Division /Zone locations providing they are suitably mounted by the customer in an enclosure as required for the application and by applicable codes and laws. Per National Electrical : Zone. In Class I, Zone locations, all wiring methods permitted for Class I, Division, Class I, Division or Division, and Class I, Zone or Zone locations, including requirements for sealing, shall be permitted. Note: Allen-Bradley Logic Reed contact blocks are also listed by Underwriters Laboratories for the Division /Zone hazardous locations listed above. CAUTIN: The complete stations and individual components listed herein are not suitable for use in Class I and II Division hazardous locations. For Class I and II Division hazardous locations, order Bulletin H Type & stations and units. Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Maximum continuous current I th A. Bulletin T and H units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: Max. pertnl. Utilization Category Rated perational Currents Volts U e IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break AC AC- B DC DC- P VA A VA. A VA A Stackable Sealed Switch Contact Ratings Maximum continuous current I th. A. Bulletin T and H units have control circuit ratings with sealed switch contact blocks as follows: Max. pertnl. Utilization Category Rated perational Currents Volts U e IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break AC AC- C DC DC- Q VA A Logic Reed Contact Ratings Maximum DC: V,. A Maximum AC: V,. A Should only be used with resistive loads. Standards Compliance UL CSA C., No. Certifications UL Listed (File No. E, Guide No. NIV) CSA Certified (File No. LR) VA. A VA. A - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

191 Bulletin R. mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division /Zone Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations Class I, Division /Zone Push button operators for Class I, Division /Zone are offered in Bulletin T/H, page -. Surface Mount R-TA perator ne Push Button Two Push Buttons ne Pilot Light, Two Push Buttons -Position Selector Switch ne Push Button Two Push Buttons Stainless Steel Booted perator Station R-HAT Contact Symbol N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. Each Button N.. - N.C. Each Button N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. - N.C. Each Button Stainless Steel Bootless perator Station R-HATL Contact Action Button Type Button Color Momentary Momentary Momentary Maintained Maintained Maintained Rosite Booted perator Station R-HAR Cast Aluminum Enclosures Surface Mount Rosite Bootless perator Station R-HARL Stainless Steel Enclosures Rosite Glass Polyester Enclosures Legend Bootless perator Station Marking Flush Green START R-TB R-HBTL R-HBRL Extended Red STP R-TA R-HATL R-HARL Flush Black No Legend R-T R-HTL R-HRL Flush Extended Flush Flush V AC Flush Extended V AC Flush Flush Knob Lever Knob Lever Push- Pull/Twist Flush Extended Flush Flush Green Red Black Black Red Green Red Red Black Black Black with white insert Black with white insert START STP No Legend No Legend No Legend START STP No Legend No Legend No Legend HAND FF AUT R-TA R-HATL R-HARL R-T R-HTL R-HRL R-TAR R-HARTL R-HARRL R-TR R-HRTL R-HRRL R-RTA R-RHATL R-RHARL No Legend R-RT R-RHTL R-RHRL Red EMRG.STP R-TAM R-HAMTL R-HAMRL Green Red Black Black START STP No Legend No Legend Type /. Type //. To order a control station with booted operators, remove the L from the end of the catalog number. Example: R-HATL becomes R-HAT. R-TAM R-HAMTL R-HAMRL R-TM R-HMTL R-HMRL Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

192 Bulletin R. mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division /Zone Product Selection Custom-Built Stations The tables on page - list the most commonly used push button stations. Stations not listed in the table may be ordered as custom-built stations. The cat. no. used to identify custom-built Bulletin R push button stations, which are built at the factory, will be cat. nos. listed for the enclosure only, except letter W will be substituted for the letter Z and with a station serial number. rdering Information The following information is required when ordering custom built push button stations.. Cat. no. of enclosure.. Cat. no. of control units.. Legend plate cat. no. and/or marking for each unit.. Specify vertical or horizontal mounting.. Specify desired operator mounting sequence. Inclusion of a sketch is recommended. If no information is given, standard configuration will be used. Enclosures nly Die Cast R-TZ Die Cast (Type /) Stainless Steel R-HZ Stainless Steel (Type //) Rosite Glass Polyester R-HZR Units R-TZ R-HZ R-HZR R-TZ R-HZ R-HZR R-TZ R-HZ R-HZR R-TZ R-HZ R-HZR R-HZ R-TZ R-HZ R-HZR Number of units that can be mounted in enclosure. Extra deep. Accomodates two levels of stackable sealed switch contact blocks. Note: Enclosure and conduit dimensions are detailed on page -, except for the fiberglass enclosures, which are found on -. Rosite Glass Polyester (Type //) - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

193 Bulletin R. mm Push Button Stations Hermetically Sealed for Division /Zone Product verview Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Type // Stainless Steel Watertight/iltight/Corrosion-Resistant Enclosure Dimension Type // Rosite Glass Polyester Watertight/iltight/Corrosion-Resistant Enclosure Number of Units Stainless Steel Type // A -/ () () -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ () B -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ () Pipe Tap Size / Glass Polyester Type // A -/ () -/ () -/ () () -/ () -/ () B -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ () C -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ () Pipe Tap Size / Cast Aluminum Type / A -/ (.) -/ () -/ () () -/ () B -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ () -/ () Conduit pening / in. N.P.T. Selector switch is -/ (.) maximum; pilot light is -/ (). Selector switch is -/ (.) maximum; pilot light is -/ (.) maximum. Selector switch is -/ (.) maximum; pilot light is -/ (.). Minimum vertical spacing dimension for jumbo legend plate is -/ (.). perator Extension in Front of Panel in. -/ N.P.T. Type / Cast Aluminum Enclosure Watertight/iltight Mounting Instructions (for Panel Mounting) Type // Booted Flush and Extended Head Push Button Type // Pilot Light Type / and Type // Bootless Flush and Extended Head Push Button See - - for additional Type / outlines and for additional Type // outlines. Type / Pilot Light Type / and Type // Standard Knob Selector Switches Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

194 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product verview/specifications Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons IP, Type Class I, Zone and Zone Class I/Division Groups A, B, C, and D Table of Contents See below. TABLE F CNTENTS Page Complete Assembled Stations... - Push Buttons... - Mushroom... - Key Release... - Selector Switch... - Pilot Light... - Specifications Standard Assembled Stations Protection Type Certification Rated Insulation Voltage Rated current Degree of Protection Enclosure Material Enclosure Seals Cable Glands Standard Custom Wire/Cable Size PE Conductor Terminals Storage Temperature perational Temperature Range Mechanical Ratings II G Ex edm IIC T AEx edm IIC T Ex edm IIC T PTB ATE UL E CE Max. V AC Dependent on components used IP, Type : - + C (- + F) IP: - + C (- + F) Thermoplastic EPDM Plastic M x. for cable Ø mm Plastic M for cable Ø mm / in. NPT conduit / in. NPT conduit. mm ( AWG) stranded max. x. mm ( AWG) stranded max. - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) Page Ammeter... - Enclosures... - Back-of-Panel Components... - Accessories... - Legend Plates... - Approximate Dimensions... - Assembled Stations Bulletin G control stations are designed for Class I, Zone and and Class /Division hazardous location applications. They consist of Bulletin G front-of-panel components with back-of-panel components: contact blocks or power modules. Bulletin G units are available as factory assembled stations or as components for component replacement. Field assembled stations used in a Class I, Zone or Zone application must be inspected and certified by a third party. Components Since the back-of-panel components are enclosed in a flame-proof enclosure, they are suitable for use in Class I, Zone and Zone Groups IIA, IIB, and IIC and Class I/Division, Groups A, B, C, and D hazardous locations and is listed by Underwriters Laboratories and certified by PTB for this class of service. The components have d and e protection methods except for the cable termination. Cable termination has only d protection method, restricted by the cable and not the contacts. CAUTIN: The assembled stations and individual components listed herein are not suitable for the use in Zone, Class I/Division and Class II/Division and Division applications. For Class I and II/Division hazardous locations, order Bulletin H Type & stations and units. For Class II/ Division hazardous locations, order Bulletin R stations. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

195 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Specifications Back-of-Panel Contact Block Electrical Ratings Screw Termination Cable Termination Rated Insulation Voltage V V (Limited by the cable, not the contacts) Rated Voltage V (per ATE certificates) V V (per ATE certificates) V Rated perating Currents A A A A A A Utilization Category AC- AC- DC- AC- AC- DC- Thermal Continuous Current A at C ( F), A at C ( F) A at C ( F), A at C ( F) Contact Rating per UL A P A P Max. Rated Voltage per UL Contact Rating V V V V Max. Make Current at Rated Voltage per UL Contact Rating A. A A. A Max. Break Current at Rated Voltage per UL Contact Rating. A. A. A. A Thermal Continuous Test Current per UL Contact Rating A A A A Short Circuit Protection A Slow Blow, Type DT, gl A Slow Blow, Type DT, gl Mechanical Ratings Protection Type II G Ex de IIC Class I, Zone AEx de IIC Class I, Zone Ex de IIC II G Ex d IIC T Class I, Zone AEx d IIC T Class I, Zone Ex d IIC T Certification PTB ATE U UL E PTB ATE UL E Contact ptions N.. - N.C. N.. N.C. N.. - N.C. N.. N.C. Contact Material AgSn AgSn Housing Material Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Physical Shock Resistance DIN IEC part -, g ms DIN IEC part -, g ms Design Life cycle mechanical life cycle mechanical life perating Force (Maximum). N ( lb) to open N.C.. N (. lb) to close N... N (. lb) full travel. N ( lb) to open N.C.. N (. lb) to close N... N (. lb) full travel Temperature (Storage/Transport) - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) perational Temperature Range - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) Wire/Cable Size. mm ( AWG) stranded max. m (. ft) long cable x. mm (. mm/. in. D) Degree of Protection IP, with operators and enclosure IP With operators IP Mounting Base Mount: Secures to rail integral to enclosure base Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Power Module Electrical Ratings Screw Termination Cable Termination Rated Insulation Voltage V V Power Consumption W W Lamp Multi-LED (Red, Yellow, Green, White, Blue) Multi-LED (Red, Yellow, Green, White, Blue) Rated Voltage V DC V AC Mechanical Ratings Screw Termination II G Ex de IIC Class I, Zone AEx de IIC Class I, Zone Ex de IIC V DC V AC and V AC Cable Termination II G Ex d IIC T Protection Type Class I, Zone AEx d IIC T Class I, Zone Ex d IIC T Certifications PTB ATE U UL E PTB ATE UL E Housing Material Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Physical Shock Resistance DIN IEC part -, g, ms DIN IEC part -, g, ms Design Life hours hours Storage/Transport Temperature - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) Ambient Temperature Range - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) Wire/Cable Size. mm ( AWG) stranded max. m (. ft) long cable x. mm (. mm/. in. D) Degree of Protection IP, with operators and enclosure IP With operators IP Mounting Base Mount: Secures to rail integral to enclosure base Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

196 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Specifications Back-of-Panel, Continued Power Module/Contact Block Combination Electrical Ratings Screw Termination Cable Termination Rated Insulation Voltage V V Power Consumption W W Lamp Multi-LED (red, yellow, green, white, blue) Multi-LED (red, yellow, green, white, blue) Rated Voltage V DC V AC V DC V AC Contact Rating per UL A P A P Thermal Continuous Current A. A A. A Max. Rated Voltage V V V V Mechanical Ratings Screw Termination Cable Termination Protection Type II G EEx de IIC Class I, Zone AEx de IIC Class I, Zone Ex de IIC II G EEx d IIC T Class I, Zone AEx d IIC T Class I, Zone Ex d IIC T Certifications PTB ATE U UL E PTB ATE UL E Housing Material Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Physical Shock Resistance DIN IEC part -, g, ms DIN IEC part -, g, ms Design Life hours hours Storage/Transport Temperature - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) Ambient Temperature Range - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) Wire/Cable Size. mm ( AWG) stranded max. m (. ft) long cable x. mm (. mm/. in. D) Degree of Protection IP, with operators and enclosure IP With operators IP Mounting Base Mount: Secures to rail integral to enclosure base Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Panel Mount: Secures to operator with integral latch Front-of-Panel perators Device Push Button Selector Switch Key Release Push Button Key Release Mushroom Mushroom E-Stop Pilot Light (Red, Yellow, White, Green, Blue) Hole Plug Illuminated Push Button Key Selector Switch perational Temperature - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) - + C (- + F) Does not include contact block. perating Force. N (. lb). N (. lb). N (. lb). N (. lb). N Push/ N Pull ( lb Push/ lb Pull) Mechanical Design Life cycles cycles Mechanical Ratings Impact Resistance N m N/A N m N/A N m. N (. lb) x N m cycles N m Materials Thermoplastic Housing EPDM Seals Ingress Protection IP : - + C (- + F) IP: - - C (- - F) Type : - + C (- + F) Ex Protection Type II G EEx e II PTB ATE U UL E - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

197 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations Enclosure Type Button Type/Color Legend Marking ne-hole Black push button No legend G-FA E-Stop Emergency Stop/Arrêt D'urgence G-EA Mushroom key release No legend G-BA G-EA -position maintained selector switch No legend G-HMA Two-hole black push buttons No legends G-FAFA Green push button Red push button No legends G-FAFA G-FAAFBA Three-hole Green push button Red push button Red LED Green push button Red push button Red LED Green push button Red push button START STP No legends No legend START STP G-FAAFBA G-PDFAFA G-PDFAAFBA Green push button Red push button E-Stop push/pull No legend No legend Emergency Stop/Arrêt D'urgence G-FAFAEA G-PDFAFA Ammeter + operator Green push button Red push button E-Stop push/pull A ammeter -position maintained selector switch START STP Emergency Stop/Arrêt D'urgence No legends G-FAAFBAEA G-MHMA A ammeter -position maintained selector switch No legends G-MHMA G-MHMA Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

198 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations, Continued Size Postion Position Position G F M F N Enclosure Size -hole -hole -hole B D E F H J K L M N P Conduit Entry a b c d b c d b c d e a c b perator/meter Key release mushroom push button Momentary mushroom push button Push-pull mushroom push button Non-illuminated flush push button -position selector switch -position selector switch Key release push button Illuminated push button flush Ammeter Hole plug Pilot light nly available in red. nly available in black. For ammeter, choose -hole enclosure with meter in pos. and either an operator or hole plug in pos. (i.e., G- M JA or G- M N) nly available in white, green, red, yellow, and blue. nly available for -position selector switch. For through-feed enclosure, selected conduit entry will be applied for both bottom and top entry. For use with illuminated push button only. nly available in white, black, green, red, or yellow. Push Button Color/Text White Black Green Red Yellow Blue A START (green background/white text) B STP (red background/white text) G I (green background/white text) H (red background/white text) J N (green background/white text) K FF (red background/white text) Key Release Lockable in initial position, key removal in initial position Lockable in both positions, key removal in both positions Lockable in depressed position, key removal in depressed position Selector Switch M Maintained in all positions B Spring return from both positions L Spring return from left R Spring return from right Meters A A d Contact Block/Lamp Module A N.. - N.C. base mount M N.. base mount N N.C. base mount Lamp module base mount (same color as D requested lens color in Table c) N/A (i.e., ammeter, hole plug) K N.. with lamp module L N.C. with lamp module Conduit Entry Bottom Entry Blank M. threaded hole / in. NPT conduit hub / in. NPT conduit hub M plastic cable gland for cable diameter mm M plastic cable gland for cable diameter mm M blind plug M blind plug M plastic cable gland M metal cable gland M metal cable gland M metal cable gland Top Entry A M. threaded hole B / in. NPT conduit hub C / in. NPT conduit hub M plastic cable gland for cable D diameter mm M plastic cable gland for cable E diameter mm F M blind plug G M blind plug H M plastic cable gland J M metal cable gland K M metal cable gland L M metal cable gland Through Feed M M. threaded hole N / in. NPT conduit hub P / in. NPT conduit hub M plastic cable gland for cable Q diameter mm M plastic cable gland for cable R diameter mm T M blind plug U M blind plug V M plastic cable gland W M metal cable gland M metal cable gland Y M metal cable gland e - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

199 Push Button, Non-Illuminated Flush G-F Flush-Round Color White G-F Black G-F Green G-F Red G-F Yellow G-F Double Push Button, Non-Illuminated Flush G-UF G-VF Double push button with curved base for use with Bul. G enclosures. Double push button with flat base for use with customer provided enclosures. Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons G F a b a perator Construction F Flush operator Color White Black Green Red Yellow G-UF G-VF b Product Selection All double push buttons come with a multi-pack of color caps (red, green, black, white, and yellow). Push Button, Illuminated Flush G-LF Color White Green Red Yellow Blue G-LF G-LF G-LF G-LF G-LF G LF a b a perator Construction LF Illuminated flush operator Color White Green Red Yellow Blue b Mushroom Non-Illuminated and Key Release Momentary Mushroom G-M Color/Feature Black w/black bezel E-Stop red w/ yellow bezel Key Release Mushroom G-MKE Momentary Mushroom Key Release Mushroom Push-Pull Mushroom G-MPE Push-Pull G-M G-MKE G-MPE M nly available in E-stop, option E from Table b. Publication A-CAA-EN-P G M a a perator Style Momentary MP Push-pull MK Key release b Color or Feature Color Black with black bezel E Red E-stop with yellow bezel and printing on head b -

200 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Key Release G-K perator Style Locking Position Key Release Push Button Lockable in initial position, key removal in initial position Lockable in both positions, key removal in both positions Lockable in depressed position, key removal in depressed position Selector Switch Knob & Key perated Knob Selector Switch G-SM -Postion Target Table Contact Type G-K G-K G-K Key perated Switch G-KSMH N.. N.C. -Position Target Table Contact Type N.. N.C. perator Style Pos. on Latch or Base Top Bottom Top Bottom Positions/Functions Knob Selector Switch -Position Maintained G-SM -Position perator Style Positions/Functio ns S M S S M M Maintained M M S Key Removal Position G-SB G-SL G-SM G-SR Key perated Switch -Position Maintained All G-KSMH -Position S M S Center G-KSBH S M M Right/center G-KSLH Maintained All G-KSMH M M S Left/center G-KSRH K G K a b a perator Style Key release push button b Locking Postion Lockable in initial position; key removal in initial position Lockable in both positions; key removal in both positions Lockable in depressed position; key removal in depressed position S KS M B L M R R G S M Blank a b c d a perator Style Knob Key operated b No. of Positions/Functions -position maintained -position spring return left and right to center -position spring return left to center -position maintained -position spring return right to left -position spring return right to center c Key Removal For knob selector switches Left Right All Center Left/center Left/right Right/center d Knob Position Blank For latch mount or base mount in horizontal Bul. G enclosure H For base mount in vertical Bul. G enclosure nly available with key selector ( KS from Table a). nly available with knob selector ( S from Table a). - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

201 Pilot Light G-P perator Style Color White G-P Green G-P Pilot Light Red G-P Yellow G-P Blue G-P Ammeter Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons G P a b a perator Style P Pilot light Lens Color Color White Green Red Yellow Blue b Product Selection G-AMPB Base Mount Amperage A G-AMPB A G-AMPB Unit ships with a percent scale plate. Enclosures Plastic Base mount only Type G-P M Threaded Hole Bottom Feed Type / in. Conduit Bottom Feed -Hole G-P G-P -Hole G-P G-P -Hole G-P G-P Ammeter Station G-PA G-PA Bul. G enclosures are base mount only and will only work with base mount contact blocks. Publication A-CAA-EN-P G P T a Enclosure Size -hole -hole -hole P PA b Enclosure Style Plastic Plastic with ammeter window nly available in Enclosure Size. a b c d c Blank T F Conduit Entry Bottom feed Top feed Through feed No holes d Conduit Style Blank M x. threaded hole / in. NPT conduit hub / in. NPT conduit hub M plastic cable gland M plastic cable gland M blind plug M blind plug Two M plastic cable glands M metal cable gland M metal cable gland Two M metal cable glands -

202 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Product Selection Back-of-Panel Components Latch and Base Mount Contact Block Base Mount G-BA Latch Mount Screw Termination G-LSA Base Mount Latch Mount Contact Screw Termination Screw Termination Cable Termination N.. - N.C. G-BA G-LSA G-LCA N.. G-BM G-LSM G-LCM N.C. G-BN G-LSN G-LCN G LS A a b a Contact Block/Latch Type B Base mount LS Latch mount with screw termination LC Latch mount with m (. ft) cable termination Contact Configuration A N.. - N.C. M N.. N N.C. b Latch Mount and Base Mount Power Module Base Mount G-DBG Base Mount Screw Termination Color - Latch Mount Screw Termination G-DLSG Latch Mount Screw Termination Cable Termination White G-DBW G-DLSW G-DLCW Green G-DBG G-DLSG G-DLCG Red G-DBR G-DLSR G-DLCR Yellow G-DBY G-DLSY G-DLCY Blue G-DBB G-DLSB G-DLCB Note: Cable termination length is three meters. Power Module with Contact Block Latch Mount G-DBGK Latch Mount N.. N.C. Color White G-DLSWK G-DLSWL Green G-DLSGK G-DLSGL Red G-DLSRK G-DLSRL Yellow G-DLSYK G-DLSYL Blue G-DLSBK G-DLSBL Note: For use with illuminated push button. DB DLS DLC Bul. G LED modules can only be powered from dry contact circuits (with no leakage current in the FF state). Publication A-CAA-EN-P G DB a G b a Power Module/Latch Type Base mount Latch mount with screw termination Latch mount with m (. ft) cable termination b Color W White G Green R Red Y Yellow B Blue Bul. G LED modules can only be powered from dry contact circuits (with no leakage current in the FF state). DB DLS DLC W G R Y B K L G DB G K a b c a Power Module/Latch Type Base Latch mount with screw termination Latch mount with m (. ft) cable termination b Color White Green Red Yellow Blue c Contact Configuration N.. N.C.

203 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Accessories Pkg. Qty. Pkg. Qty. / in. NPT Conduit Hub G-ACH G-ACH / in. NPT Conduit Hub G-ACH G-ACG G-ACG G-ACG M Plastic Cable Gland ( mm) M Plastic Cable Gland ( mm) G-ACG G-ACG M Metal Cable Gland G-ACG Mounting Nut G-AMN G-AMNI -printed push button inserts: Green "START" -printed push button inserts: Green "N" -printed push button inserts: Green "I" -printed push button inserts: Red "STP" -printed push button inserts: Red "FF" -printed push button inserts: G-APC_ Red "" G-APC G-APC G-APC G-APC G-APC G-APC Mounting Ring Wrench G-AW MS Metal Cable Gland G-ACG G-ACG M Metal Cable Gland G-ACG G-AW mm yellow legend plate for E-Stop G-AEL G-AEB Earth Bracket G-AEB G-AEL G-AEP G-AEP Earth Plate M G-AEP Earth Plate M G-AEP G-AFS Flange set for connecting enclosures G-AFS Locking cover with mm hole for securement by bezel G-ALCB White color cap insert G-ACC Black color cap insert G-ACC Green color cap insert G-ACC Red color cap insert G-ACC G-AEP Earth Plate M G-AEP G-ACC_ Yellow color cap insert G-ACC G-ACC Contact block and power module ID blank label G-ACC G-AMP M Stopping Plug G-AMP Black Hole Plug G-N G-N G-AMP M Stopping Plug G-AMP Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

204 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plate Type Legend plate frame with adhesive back legend plate, x mm Adhesive back legend plate, x mm Legend Plate without Text Legend Plate with Text Silver background with black legend text G-SE G-SxxxxK Silver background with black legend text G-SE G-SxxxxK Legend Frame Type Legend plate frame snap-on, x mm Legend plate frame G- Not available for mushroom push buttons. Minimum order quantity of. a Type Legend plate and frame Legend plate only S b Insert Color Silver background with black legend text G S E K E F G T S U a b c d e c Language English French German Italian Spanish Universal symbol K d Legend Identification Refer to page - e Type. size font Legend Frame G- Adhesive Back Legend Plate G-SE Special Engraving Besides the standard text and symbols listed on page -, special legend plates are readily available. To order: Select font code from table below. Specify desired text (please reference table below for restriction on characters and number of lines). Type of Legend Size Font Size Font Approximate Size Max. Characters/ Line Max. Number of Lines Legend Plate x mm Small K SAMPLE Example G-SEK STARTER Example (Legend Plate with Frame) G-SEK STARTER - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

205 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Accessories Legend Plates, Continued Type Enclosure identification label, x mm Minimum order quantity of. Legend Plate without Text Legend Plate with Text Silver background with black legend text G-AEL G-AEL_ AEL a Insert Color Enclosure identification label with silver background and black text G AEL S LINE, LINE, LINE a b c d e S L b Font Size. size font. size font c, d, e Customized Text Example of customer specified text based on max. characters per line and max. number of lines. When separated by a comma, the following text is to be engraved on the next line. Blank Enclosure Identification Label G-AEL Special Engraving To order: Select desired font code table below (notes the max. characters and max. no. of lines). Specify desired text (please reference table below for restriction on characters and number of lines). Size Font Size Font Max. Max. Number of Type of Legend Approximate Size Characters/Line Lines Example G-AELS MACHINE, Standard S SAMPLE Enclosure ID Label x mm L-R Large L SAMPLE G-AELL MACH Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

206 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Legend Texts Universal English Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number U I--II U U I-II-III U U U I U U II U III U I- U U I-II U U -- U I--I U ne-word Marking Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number AUT E FF E CLSE E N E DWN E PEN E EMERGENCY STP E UT E FAULT E PWER N E FAST E PUSH-T-TEST E FRWARD E RAISE E HAND E RESET E HIGH E REVERSE E IN E RIGHT E INCH E RUN E JG E SLW E LEFT E START E LW E STP E LWER E UP E Two-Word Marking Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number FR-REV E LEFT-RIGHT E HAND-AUT E FF-N E HIGH-LW E PEN-CLSE E INCH-REVERSE E RAISE-LWER E JG-FR E SLW-FAST E JG-REV E START-STP E JG-RUN E UP-DWN E Three-Word Marking Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number FR-STP-REV E LW-FF-HIGH E FR-FF-REV E RAISE-FF-LWER E HAND-FF-AUT E SLW-FF-FAST E JG-STP-RUN E SLW-FF-START E French HAND--AUT E Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number Auto F Monter F Fermer F Arrière F Descendre F Droit F Panne F Régler F Rapide F Lent F Avant F Marche-Arrêt F Avant-Arrêt-Arrière F Hors Circuit F Avant-Arrière F En Circuit F Manuel F Hors F Manuel-Auto F En F Manuel-Arrêt-Auto F Hors-En F French, Continued Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number Haut F Hors Manuel F Gauche F En Manuel F Bas F Arrêt-Manuel F Bas-Arrêt-Haut F Demar. Man. F Arrêt F Av-Hors-Arr F Arrêt-Marche F Surcharge F German Marche F M Forcee F uvrir F Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number Zu G Niedrig G Ab G Niedrig-Aus-Hoch G Störung G Senken G Schnell G Aus G Vor G Aus-Ein G Vor-Aus-Zurück G Ein G Vor-Zurück G Heben G Hand G Zurück G Hand-Auto G Rechts G Hand-Aus-Auto G Langsam G Italian Hoch G Auf G Links G Betrieb G Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number Automatico T Disinserito T Chiudere T Disins-Ins T Discesa T Inserito T Disturbo T Salita T Rapido T Indietro T Avanti T Destra T Avanti-Disins-Indietro T Preparare T Avanti-Indietro T Lento T Manuale T Marcia T Manuale-Auto T Marcia-Arresto T Manuale-Disins-Auto T Arresto T Alto T Aprire T Sinistra T In Servizio T Basso T Rotazione CW T Basso-Disins-Alto T Rotazione CCW T Spanish Abbassare T Emergenza T Marking Suffix Number Marking Suffix Number Cerrar S Abrir S Adelante S Subida S Adelante-Parada- Atrás S Atrás S Adelante-Atrás S Derecha S Manual S Marcha S Manual-Auto S Marcha-Parada S Izquierda S Parada S Bajada S En Servicio S - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

207 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Push Buttons E-Stop Mushroom Key Release Mushroom Pilot Light Key Release -Position Selector Switch -Position Selector Switch Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

208 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Contact Block Cable Termination Screw Termination Base Mount Power Module Cable Termination Screw Termination Base Mount - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

209 Bulletin G Hazardous Location Push Buttons Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Single Unit Double Unit Triple Unit Measuring Instrument with Actuator (.) (.) (.). (.). (.) Vertical & Horizontal Spacing Mounting Dimension Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

210 Bulletin P Palm-perated Push Buttons Product verview Bulletin P Palm-perated Push Buttons The Bulletin P palm-operated push button is designed for applications requiring electromechanical operation for safety, resistance to RFI, and an ergonomically sensitive design to reduce risk factors associated with cumulative trauma disorders. Bulletin P units with articulated operation offer reduced operating force over standard drive units by permitting the button head to tilt for added comfort and mechanical advantage. Bulletin P operators are intended for applications requiring twohand control wiring, per SHA standards. Table of Contents Product Selection... - Accessories... - Approximate Dimensions... - Specifications Electrical Ratings Dielectric Strength V for one minute Electrical Design Life Cycles at maximum rated load at maximum rated load (Logic Reed) Mechanical Ratings Vibration Hz. mm displacement (peak-to-peak) G max. Shock Mechanical shock at / cycle sine wave for ms G T-A, -A, -D, -D, -DR, contact blocks Contact Fragility G T-A, -A, -D, -D, -AR, -AV contact blocks G T-DR No damage at G all contact blocks Degree of Protection Type,, /; watertight/oiltight IP Mechanical Design Life Cycles Push Buttons minimum Contact peration Typical perating Forces Temperature Range Shallow Contact Block Logic Reed Articulated Standard Drive perating Storage Note: perating temperatures at C ( F) are based on the absence of freezing moisture and liquids. Performance Data See page Important-. Slow, double make and break Snap action T-D and T-D contact blocks. lb maximum at center of button,. lb at perimeter. lb Environmental + + F ( + C) - + F (- + C) Standard Contact Ratings (IEC --) (NEMA ICS -) Maximum continuous current I th A. Bulletin P units have control circuit ratings with T-A, -D, -D, -A, -A, -A, -D, and -D contact blocks as follows: Maximum perational Volts U e Utilization Category Rated perational Currents IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break AC AC- A DC DC- Q (See page - for T-AR, -DR, -DR data.) VA A A VA. A VA VA A PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Contact Ratings Minimum DC: V, ma. Maximum thermal continuous current Ith. A AC/. A DC. Bulletin P units with T-AV contacts have ratings as follows: Maximum perational Volts U e Utilization Category Rated perational Currents IEC NEMA Volts U e Make Break AC AC- C DC DC- R VA A VA. A VA. A - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

211 Bulletin P Palm-perated Push Buttons Product Selection Product Selection Palm-perated Push Buttons Palm-perated Flush Mount Button P-FCA Palm-perated Surface Mount with Guard P-SCGA Flush Mounting Surface Mounting peration Type Contact Type Guard ption Articulated N.. - N.C. None P-FCA P-SCA Guard P-FCGA P-SCGA N.. - N.C. None P-FCB P-SCB Guard P-FCGB P-SCGB Standard Drive N.. - N.C. None P-FCA P-SCA Guard P-FCGA P-SCGA N.. - N.C. None P-FCB P-SCB Guard P-FCGB P-SCGB P S C G A a b c d e f perator Type F Flush mount S Surface mount Button peration Standard drive Articulated nly used for flush mounted operators. a b C R Y Blank G H c Button Color Chrome Red (painted) Yellow (painted) d Guard ption No guard Side guard yellow Die cast grey Enclosure penings Blank No base Single hub Double hub Contact Black Standard A N.. - N.C. B N.. - N.C. PenTUFF (Low Voltage) AV N.. - N.C. BV N.. - N.C. e f Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

212 Bulletin P Palm-perated Push Buttons Accessories Accessories Standard Button Cover P-NCB Anti-Slip Button Cover P-NCG Button Covers Button covers are used to reduce possible slipping due to fluids on the operator. Button Color Standard Anti-Slip Red P-NCR P-NCR Black P-NCB P-NCB Green P-NCG P-NCG Yellow P-NCY P-NCY Style Color Side Yellow P-NBG Side Guard P-NBG Die Cast Guard P-NBG Guards These guards prevent accidental activation of the button and protect it from damage. Note:Guards are required in most two hand safety applications (See SHA and ANSI standards). Die Cast Grey P-NBG Die Cast Yellow P-NBGY Style Single Hub Base P-B Standard Adapter P-N Legend Plates Double Hub Base Cat No. P-B FS Adaptor P-N Bases The conduit hub(s) on these replacement mounting bases come with a / in. opening. Single Hub Double Hub P-B P-B Enclosure Adaptors These adaptor flanges are used between the operator and the mounting base, when using a non-allen-bradley base. Standard FS P-N P-N Marking Blank (Grey) P- Blank (Red) P- START P- STP P- Legend Plates INCH P- These legend plates can be mounted on the cover. RUN P- RUN INCH P- TP STP P- Horizontal mounting holes are -/ in. (. mm) center-to-center. Vertical mounting holes are -/ in. (. mm) center-to-center. To order with custom engraved text, add suffix E and supply text. ne or two lines of text with maximum of characters per line. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

213 Bulletin P Palm-perated Push Buttons Modifications and Accessories/Approximate Dimensions Modifications and Accessories Contact Blocks Packaged in a kit form for field installation. All necessary mounting hardware is provided with each contact block kit. Contact ratings are listed on page -. Note: It is recommended to mount no more than four contact blocks on any one unit (maximum two blocks deep). Shallow Block PenTUFF (Low Voltage) Contact Block Logic Reed Block Shallow Block PenTUFF Block Logic Reed Block Contact Type N.. T-D T-DV T-DR N.C. T-D T-DV T-DR N.. - N.C. T-A T-AV T-AR Note: Contact blocks with normally closed contacts meet direct drive positive opening standard requirements. Logic Reed blocks can be physically mounted on a Bul. P operator, but this combination is not UL Listed for Class Div hazardous applications. For contact ratings, see page -. Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Flush Mounting Surface Mounting Die Cast Guard (P-NBG or P-NBGY) Cutout and mounting screw locations for a flush mounted cover Cut out Holes for #- Screw Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

214 Bulletin Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons Product verview Bulletin Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons Bulletin Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons are ideally suited for use in two-hand machine control systems and highly repetitive applications. Ergonomic Design The contour shape fits the palm of the hand for ease of operation and helps deter attempts to defeat two-hand control. Zero Force to perate The electronic design with two interlinked capacitive sensors in offset planes provides increased sensitivity and good ability for distinguishing between a person's hand, even through most industrial gloves, versus most foreign objects. ATTENTIN: Not recommended for use in applications where there is high probability for exposure to liquid (e.g., cutting fluid) on the sensing surface area. Table of Contents Specifications... this page General Purpose LIne... - Heavy Industrial Line - Quick Disconnect Cables... - Accessories... - Wiring Diagram... - Approximate Dimensions... - Specifications Mechanical Ratings Vibration Endurance Mechanical Shock Degree of Protection perating Force Input Voltage (Relay type) Input Voltage (Solid-State type) Electrical Design Life (Relay type) Degree of Protection Wire Range General Purpose Line (Z-G) Mechanical Ratings Heavy Industrial Line (Z-H) G,. mm displacement G (mechanical durability) Type // IP psi Washdown Zero Electrical Ratings Type / IP Low Voltage: V DC, V AC Full Voltage (Z-GF): V AC (+%, -%) Low Voltage (Z-GN/GP): V DC Relay output A inductive A resistive Relay output A inductive. A resistive IP # AWG (. mm) lb in ( N m) Tightening Torque n-delay/ff-delay ff ms max. n ms max. Current Draw (Solid-State type) ma at V DC =. W (no external load) Environmental Temperature Range (perating) C (- + F) Temperature Range (Storage) C (- + F) Humidity % RH from... C ( F) (full operation) Materials Housing/Guard Valox Gasket BUNA-N / in. Cork-BUNA-N Connector Certifications Standards Conformity Insulator material (micro connector) = nylon Insulator material (mini connector) = PVC Standards and Certifications culus, CE, C-TICK, CSA UL, CSA. No., EN/IEC --, EN-, EN--, EN-, EN- Load Life Curves for General Purpose Product Line DC Voltage (V DC) Relay utput - Maximum DC Load breaking capacity DC Current (A) resistive load Load Life Curves for Heavy Industrial Line Rated perating Current (A) Relay utput - Maximum load breaking capacity DC inductive load L/R= ms AC resistive load AC inductive load (pf=.) DC resistive load Rated perating Voltage (V) Applications Detail perations Service life (x³ operations) Relay utput - Electrical endurance V AC resistive load Switching Current (A) Relay utput - Electrical endurance V AC resistive load V DC resistive load V AC inductive load (pf=.) V DC inductive load L/R= ms Rated perating Current (A) LED Blink Rate Diagnostic ** ** ** Power Up Device touched during power up. Device will resume seconds after removal of hand. *** *** *** Noise Detection Device detected an unacceptable level of noise (> V/m). Device will resume once noise subsides. **** **** **** Margin Detection A conductive film is building up on the sensing surface. Device will resume once cleared. - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

215 Bulletin Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons Product Selection General Purpose Line Momentary Touch Buttons General Purpose Z-GFQ General Purpose Z-GLQB Mounting Hole Size Input Voltage utput Type Electrical Connection. mm. mm...v AC...V DC and...v AC...V AC...V DC and...v AC Relay utput Relay utput Relay utput Relay utput No Guard Black Guard -Pin QD Z-GFQ Z-GFQB ft Cabled -Wire Z-GF Z-GFB -Pin QD Z-GLQ Z-GLQB ft Cabled -Wire Z-GL Z-GLB -Pin QD Z-GFQ Z-GFQB ft Cabled -Wire Z-GF Z-GFB -Pin QD Z-GLQ Z-GLQB ft Cabled -Wire Z-GL Z-GLB Use the configurator below to build a Bulletin Z touch button to suit your application. L F P a Input Voltage and utput Type Relay utput Input: V DC and V AC utput: relay Input: V AC utput: relay Transistor utput V DC PNP (sourcing) output b Mounting Hole Size. mm. mm Z G L B Q a b c d c Electrical Connection Sourcing utput -pin QD ft (. m) cabled ft (. m) cabled Q Relay utput -pin QD ft (. m) cabled ft (. m) cabled Blank B Y d Guard ption No guard Black guard Yellow guard These devices are transistor outputs. These devices have separate N.. and N.C. output relays with a shared common. Safety relays should be used in conjunction with two relay output type Zero-Force Touch Buttons in -hand control applications. rder separately, safety relay R-D for V, R-D for V, R-D for V.. mm touch buttons use micro connector,. mm touch buttons use mini connector. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

216 Bulletin Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons Product Selection Heavy Industrial Line Momentary Touch Buttons Heavy Industrial Z-HF Button Type Input Voltage utput Type Electrical Connection Flush Mount Heavy Industrial Z-HLY No Guard Yellow Guard...V DC and...v AC Relay utput Terminal Block Z-HL Z-HLY...V AC Relay utput Terminal Block Z-HF Z-HFY Use the configurator below to build a Bulletin Z touch button to suit your application. L F a Voltage Input: V DC and V AC utput: relay Input: V AC utput: relay Z H L Y b Mounting Type a b c Flush mounting Blank Y c Guard ption No guard Yellow guard Heavy industrial devices have an -position terminal block connection. See wiring diagrams on page - for details. Safety relays should be used in conjunction with two relay output type Zero-Force Touch Buttons in -hand control applications. rder separately, safety relay R-D for V, R-D for V, R-D for V. Quick Disconnect Cables D N a Mounting Hole Size. mm (micro). mm (mini) No right angle QD cable (micro) for -pin ( D-RA_). PD D F A C- a b c d b d QD Type Cable Length/Type F Straight QD cable C- m (micro) R Right angle QD cable C- m (micro) Pin Style A pin A pin c PD C- m (micro) E-F ft. (mini) E-F ft. (mini) E-F ft. (mini) - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

217 Bulletin Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons Accessories Accessories General Purpose Z-GAG Z-GAG Guards These guards help protect against accidental activation of the touch button surface and protect it from damage. Can be used for both the. mm and. mm mounted products. Yellow Plastic Black Plastic Z-GAG Z-GAG Mounting Ring Nut for. mm Holes Used on. mm devices. Z-GAH Plastic Mounting Kit Z-GAH Mounting Ring Nut for. mm Hole Used on. mm devices. Z-GAH Plastic Mounting Kit Z-GAH. mm Swivel/Tilt Mounting Assembly This bracket allows you to orient the touch button in any position. It can be mounted on any vertical or horizontal surface. Compatible with. mm mounting only.. in. ( mm) - Swivel Assembly -. in. ( mm) -. mm to. mm Hole Size Adapter This adapter allows a. mm push button operator to be installed in a panel with existing. mm mounting holes. Metal F-AHA E-AHA Black Metal E-AHA Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

218 Bulletin Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons Accessories Accessories Heavy Industrial Z-HAG Guard This guard helps protects against accidental activation of the touch surface and protects it from damage. Mounting screws are included. Yellow Plastic Z-HAG Mounting Bases The heavy industrial line products mount directly on these bases. The conduit hub(s) come with a / inch opening. P-B Single Hub Base P-B Double Hub Base P-B P-B Adapter This adapter is used if mounting touch button onto a -/ in. x -/ in. (. x. mm) enclosure pattern. P-N P-N Replacement Relay Note: Package quantity of....v Z-N Z-N Replacement Screws Guard-to-Base Mounting Note: package quantity of Z-HAH Z-HAH Base Mounting Note: package quantity of Z-HAH - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

219 Bulletin Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons Wiring Diagram Wiring Diagrams Touch Button Terminations General Purpose Line Electrical Connections:...V DC and...v AC Input Voltage (Relay utput);...v AC Input Voltage (Relay utput) Note: Separate N.. and N.C. output relays with shared common. -Conductor Cabled (Relay utput) For Z-GL _ For Z-GF _ BRWN (+) L BLUE (-) L BLACK (N..) WHITE (N.C.) GREY (CMMN) BLACK ( N..) WHITE ( N.C.) WHITE ( N.C.) BRWN (+) L BLUE (-) L GREY (CMMN) BRWN (+) L BLUE (-) L GREY (CMMN) BLACK ( N..) Electrical Connections:...V DC Input Voltage (Transistor utput); ma Max. per Circuit utput -Conductor Cabled BRWN (+) L BLUE (-) L BLACK (N..) WHITE (N.C.) BLACK ( N..) WHITE ( N.C.) WHITE ( N.C.) BRWN (+) L BLUE (-) L BRWN (+) L BLUE (-) L BLACK ( N..) Heavy Industrial Line N.C. CM N.. N.C. CM N.. (-) L (+) L Terminal Block Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

220 Bulletin Z Zero-Force Touch Buttons Approximate Dimensions Approximate Dimensions Dimensions in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. General Purpose. (.). (.) mm Version Micro Quick Disconnect. (.). (.). (.). (.) mm Version Mini Quick Disconnect. (.) mm Version Cable. (.). (.) General Purpose With Guard mm Version Cable Heavy Industrial. (.) Heavy Industrial With Guard Replaceable Relay Terminal Block Cutout and Mounting Screw Locations for a Flush Mounted Cover Cut out Holes for #- Screw - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

221 Bulletin L mm, mm, mm, and mm Indicators Product verview/selection Bulletin L,,, and mm Indicators Economical, commercial-grade indicators LED/strobe/incandescent Shallow back-of-panel depth Type //, watertight/oiltight ( mm is Type ),, and mm devices are rated for use in Class Div. Groups A, B, C, D and Class Div. Groups F, G. Table of Contents Product Selection... this page Approximate Dimensions... - Standards Compliance UL Certifications culus Listed (File No. E, Guide No. NKCR, NKCR) EN-- CSA C., No. CE Marked Specifications Mechanical Ratings Vibration Hz. mm displacement (peak-to-peak) max./ G max Shock / cycle sine wave for ms G Degree of protection mm: Type,, and mm: Type ////; watertight/oiltight IEC IP Environment Temperature range perating - + F (- + C) Storage - + F (- + C) Humidity % at F ( C) Lamp Ratings Incandescent Hrs. Lamp life LED Hrs. Strobe Flashes Flash frequency Strobe Hz Performance Data See Important-. Product Selection mm Indicators mm Indicators in. Pigtail Leads Terminals V DC V AC V DC V AC Color Amber L-LA L-LA L-LAS L-LAS Blue L-LB L-LB L-LBS L-LBS Clear L-LC L-LC L-LCS L-LCS Green L-LG L-LG L-LGS L-LGS Red L-LR L-LR L-LRS L-LRS LED Incandescent V AC/DC V AC V AC V AC/DC V AC/DC Color Amber L-LA L-LA L-LA L-CA L-CA Blue L-LB L-LB L-LB L-CB L-CB Clear L-LC L-LC L-LC L-CC L-CC Green L-LG L-LG L-LG L-CG L-CG Red L-LR L-LR L-LR L-CR L-CR mm Indicators LED Incandescent Strobe V AC/DC V AC V AC V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC /V AC Color Amber L-LA L-LA L-LA L-CA L-CA L-SA L-SA Blue L-LB L-LB L-LB L-CB L-CB L-SB L-SB Clear L-LC L-LC L-LC L-CC L-CC L-SC L-SC Green L-LG L-LG L-LG L-CG L-CG L-SG L-SG Red L-LR L-LR L-LR L-CR L-CR L-SR L-SR LED color matches lens color specified. White LED supplied for clear selection. Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

222 Bulletin L mm, mm, mm, and mm Indicators Product Selection Product Selection, Continued mm Indicators LED Incandescent Strobe V AC/DC V AC V AC V AC/DC V AC/DC V AC/DC /V AC Color Amber L-LA L-LA L-LA L-CA L-CA L-SA L-SA Blue L-LB L-LB L-LB L-CB L-CB L-SB L-SB Clear L-LC L-LC L-LC L-CC L-CC L-SC L-SC Green L-LG L-LG L-LG L-CG L-CG L-SG L-SG Red L-LR L-LR L-LR L-CR L-CR L-SR L-SR LED color matches lens color specified. White LED supplied for clear selection. a Indicator Size mm mm. mm. mm Replacement Parts Replacement Lens Caps C L S L L R b Illumination Type Incandescent LED enon strobe Color mm mm mm Red L-NR L-NR T-NR Green L-NG L-NG T-NG Amber L-NA L-NA T-NA Blue L-NB L-NB T-NB Clear L-NC L-NC T-NC a b c d c Voltage V AC/DC V AC V AC Replacement Lamps R G A B C d Lens Color Red Green Amber Blue Clear mm indicators are only available with LED or incandescent illumination. For mm devices with V incandescent lamps, it is recommended that the lens is changed with lamp replacement. LED and enon strobe lamps are integral to indicators and are not field replaceable. Entire indicator must be replaced upon lamp failure. Incandescent illumination not available in V option. For V strobe, order voltage code (Table c) as strobe is rated for both V/V AC. LED color will match lens color specified. White LED supplied for clear lens. mm devices are only available with LED illumination (V DC or V AC). Lamp Type Voltage ANSI No. V AC/DC T-N Incandescent V AC/DC T-N LED and enon strobe lamps are integral to indicators and are not field replaceable. Entire indicator must be replaced upon lamp failure. Approximate Dimensions A B C D E F Indicator Inches (mm) mm -/ (.) / (.) / (.) / (.) / (.) / (.) mm -/ (.) / (.) -/ (.) / (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) mm -/ (.) / (.) -/ (.) / (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) mm -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) -/ (.) For devices with strobe illumination, Dimension A for mm is -/ in. ( mm) and for mm devices it is -/ in. ( mm). - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

223 Bulletin S Standard Duty Stations Product verview/selection Bulletin S Standard Duty Stations Bulletin S standard duty push button stations are used in control circuits. They offer compact size and dependable peformance. NEMA Type general purpose stations have been designed for greater operating flexibility and ease of wiring. The cover of the station contains the entire contact mechanism. Wiring terminals are located in the base. Spring type, silver plated contacts connect the two assemblies. This unique construction will speed up installation and maintenance. perating buttons can be rotated to make them suitable for horizontal mounting. This change can be made in the field. NEMA Type enclosures are die cast aluminum. Standard stations are supplied with a / in. pipe tap at the bottom. Table of Contents Contact Ratings... - Accessories... - Approximate Dimensions... - Pilot Lights Push button stations with pilot lights can operate on either V or V by changing connections. A red pilot lens is supplied. Selector Switches All two-position Bulletin S standard duty selector switch stations can be changed to three-position in the field, and the three-position selector switches can be changed to two-position. Instructions for changing are included with each station. In addition to the standard marking, all selector switches are supplied with adhesive backed metal legend plates, marked as follows: FF-N, FR-REV, HAND-AUT, PEN-CLSE, HIGH-LW, SUMMER-WINTER, SUMMER-FF-WINTER, HIGH-FF-LW, PEN-FF- CLSE, FR-FF-REV, HAND-FF-AUT. Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations Flush Mount Units fit a standard GEM or Handy Type Wall Box. Contact Symbol S-AS Type Flush Mount Unit Wall Box not included Grey Painted Flush Plate Stainless Steel Flush Plate Legend Marking Contact Symbol START STP S-AS S-ASQ Not rated for DC operation. S-SAP S-SCM Momentary Contact Buttons and Pilot Light V or V, Type. Maintained Contact Buttons Type Legend Marking Contact Symbol Legend Marking Contact Symbol No Legend START STP Contact Symbols S-SAP No Legend N FF No Legend START STP S-SCM S-SBM Publication A-CAA-EN-P -

224 Bulletin S Standard Duty Stations Product Selection Complete Assembled Stations, Continued S-RS S-RSP Selector Switches Type Selector Switch and Pilot Light V or V, Type Legend Marking perator Type Contact Symbol Legend Marking perator Type Contact Symbol FF-N HAND-FF-AUT -Position Selector Switch S-RS -Position Selector Switch S-RS No Legend FF-N No Legend HAND FF AUT Pilot Light, - Position Selector Switch Pilot Light, - Position Selector Switch S-RSP S-RSP S-SA S-SA Momentary Contact Buttons Contact Type Type Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure Legend Marking Contact Type Symbol STP N.C. S-SA S-SA N.. S-SAK S-SAK START S-SB S-SB START STP N.. - N.C. S-SA S-SA N.. - N.. S-SAK S-SAK FR REV PEN CLSE S-SB S-SB S-SF S-SF N FF RAISE LWER UP DWN FAST SLW STP FR REV STP PEN CLSE STP RAISE LWER STP UP DWN STP Not rated for DC operation. Flip levers permit attachment of lock without additional accessory. Contact Symbols N.. - N.C. S-SE S-SE N.. - N.. S-SEK S-SEK S-SD S-SD S-SC S-SC S-SF S-SA S-SD S-SB S-SC - Publication A-CAA-EN-P

225 Bulletin S Standard Duty Stations Contact Ratings/Accessories Contact Ratings (IEC -) (NEMA ICS -) Maximum Continuous Current I th A. Bulletin S push button stations have control circuit ratings as follows: Maximum perational Voltage U e IEC Utilization Category NEMA AC AC- B DC DC- P Volts U e Ue Rated perational Current Make Break VA VA VA VA A. A VA For applications below V and ma, Bulletin T units with Logic Reed, sealed switch, or stackable sealed switch contact blocks are recommended.. A Accessories Complete Assembled Stations Pilot Light Lens Red lens replacement cap. S-NR S-NR Lamp V lamp S-N S-N Locking Attachments This device is used with extended push buttons or -position selector switches. S-N S-N This device is used with -position selector switches, to lock in the right or left position. S-N Publication A-CAA-EN-P -